Air Force Technical Order Guide
Air Force Technical Order Guide
com
TO 00-5-18
TECHNICAL MANUAL
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. HQ AFMC/PA Certificate Number AFMC 04-321. Submit
recommended changes to 558 CBSS/GBHCA IAW TO 00-5-1.
31 DECEMBER 2006
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
A USAF
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter Page
1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................................................................1-1
2.1 General...............................................................................................................................................................2-1
2.2 Numbering Patterns ...........................................................................................................................................2-1
2.3 Category 0 Numbers..........................................................................................................................................2-1
3.1 General...............................................................................................................................................................3-1
3.2 Numbering Patterns ...........................................................................................................................................3-1
3.3 Examples of Technical Order Numbering Patterns in Category 00................................................................3-1
3.4 Listing of Category 00 Numbering Series........................................................................................................3-2
4.1 General...............................................................................................................................................................4-1
4.2 Numbering Patterns ...........................................................................................................................................4-1
4.3 Examples of Numbering Patterns .....................................................................................................................4-4
4.4 Military Specification MIL-PRF-83495 Maintenance Manuals ......................................................................4-6
4.4.5 Illustrated Parts Breakdown ..............................................................................................................................4-9
i
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
5.1 General...............................................................................................................................................................5-1
5.2 Numbering Patterns ...........................................................................................................................................5-1
5.3 Category 2 Numbering Patterns........................................................................................................................5-3
5.4 Category 2 Numbering Indicators.....................................................................................................................5-4
6.1 General...............................................................................................................................................................6-1
6.2 Numbering Patterns ...........................................................................................................................................6-1
6.3 Examples of Category 3 Numbering Patterns ..................................................................................................6-2
6.4 Category 3 Technical Order Numbering Series ...............................................................................................6-2
7.1 General...............................................................................................................................................................7-1
7.2 Numbering Patterns ...........................................................................................................................................7-1
7.3 Examples of Category 4 Technical Order Numbering Patterns ......................................................................7-2
7.4 Category 4 TO Numbering Series ....................................................................................................................7-3
8.1 General...............................................................................................................................................................8-1
8.2 Numbering Patterns ...........................................................................................................................................8-1
8.3 Examples of Category 5 Numbering Patterns ..................................................................................................8-2
8.4 Category 5 Numbering Series...........................................................................................................................8-2
9.1 General...............................................................................................................................................................9-1
9.2 Numbering Patterns ...........................................................................................................................................9-1
9.3 Examples of Category 6 Numbering Patterns ..................................................................................................9-2
9.4 Category 6 Numbering Series...........................................................................................................................9-2
10.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................10-1
10.2 Numbering Pattern...........................................................................................................................................10-1
10.3 Examples of Category 7 Numbering Patterns ................................................................................................10-2
10.4 Category 7 Numbering Series.........................................................................................................................10-2
11.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................11-1
11.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................11-1
11.3 Examples of Category 8 Numbering Patterns ................................................................................................11-2
11.4 Category 8 Numbering Series.........................................................................................................................11-2
12.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................12-1
12.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................12-1
12.3 Examples of Category 9 Numbering Patterns ................................................................................................12-2
12.4 Category 9 Numbering Series.........................................................................................................................12-2
ii
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
13.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................13-1
13.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................13-1
13.3 Examples of Category 10 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................13-2
13.4 Category 10 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................13-2
14.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................14-1
14.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................14-1
14.3 Examples of Category 11 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................14-2
14.4 Category 11 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................14-3
15.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................15-1
15.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................15-1
15.3 Examples of Category 12 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................15-2
15.4 Category 12 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................15-3
16.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................16-1
16.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................16-1
16.3 Examples of Category 13 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................16-2
16.4 Category 13 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................16-2
17 CATEGORY 14 - DECELERATION DEVICES, PERSONAL AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT .........................17-1
17.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................17-1
17.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................17-1
17.3 Examples of Category 14 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................17-2
17.4 Category 14 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................17-2
18.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................18-1
18.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................18-1
18.3 Examples of Category 15 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................18-2
18.4 Category 15 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................18-2
19.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................19-1
19.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................19-1
19.3 Examples of Category 16 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................19-2
19.4 Category 16 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................19-2
20.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................20-1
20.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................20-1
20.3 Examples of Category 21 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................20-3
20.4 Shortened Numbering for Missile Technical Order Manuals........................................................................20-4
21 CATEGORY 22 - AEROSPACE VEHICLES.............................................................................................................21-1
21.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................21-1
21.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................21-1
iii
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
22.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................22-1
22.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................22-1
22.3 Examples of Category 31 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................22-2
22.4 Category 31 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................22-3
23.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................23-1
23.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................23-1
23.3 Examples of Category 32 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................23-2
23.4 Category 32 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................23-2
24.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................24-1
24.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................24-1
24.3 Examples of Category 33 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................24-2
24.4 Category 33 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................24-3
25.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................25-1
25.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................25-1
25.3 Examples of Category 34 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................25-2
25.4 Category 34 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................25-2
26.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................26-1
26.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................26-1
26.3 Examples of Category 35 TO Numbering Patterns .......................................................................................26-2
26.4 Category 35 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................26-2
27.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................27-1
27.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................27-1
27.3 Examples of Category 36 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................27-2
27.4 Category 36 Numbering Patterns....................................................................................................................27-2
28.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................28-1
28.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................28-1
28.3 Examples of Category 37 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................28-2
28.4 Category 37 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................28-2
29.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................29-1
29.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................29-1
29.3 Examples of Category 38 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................29-2
29.4 Category 38 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................29-2
iv
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
30.1 GENERAL.......................................................................................................................................................30-1
30.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................30-1
30.3 Examples of Numbering Patterns Used In Category 39................................................................................30-1
30.4 Category 39 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................30-2
31.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................31-1
31.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................31-1
31.3 Examples of Category 40 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................31-2
31.4 Category 40 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................31-2
32.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................32-1
32.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................32-1
32.3 Examples of Category 41 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................32-2
32.4 Category 41 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................32-2
33.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................33-1
33.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................33-1
33.3 Examples of Category 42 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................33-2
33.4 Category 42 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................33-2
34.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................34-1
34.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................34-1
34.3 Examples of Category 43 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................34-2
34.4 Category 43 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................34-3
35.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................35-1
35.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................35-1
35.3 Examples of Category 44 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................35-2
35.4 Category 44 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................35-2
36.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................36-1
36.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................36-1
36.3 Examples of Category 45 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................36-2
36.4 Category 45 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................36-2
37.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................37-1
37.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................37-1
37.3 Examples of Category 46 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................37-2
37.4 Category 46 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................37-2
38.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................38-1
38.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................38-1
38.3 Example of Category 47 Numbering Patterns................................................................................................38-1
v
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
39.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................39-1
39.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................39-1
39.3 Examples of Category 49 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................39-1
39.4 Category 49 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................39-2
40.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................40-1
40.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................40-1
40.3 Examples of Category 50 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................40-2
40.4 Category 50 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................40-2
41.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................41-1
41.2 Numbering Patterns .........................................................................................................................................41-1
41.3 Examples of Category 51 Numbering Patterns ..............................................................................................41-2
41.4 Category 51 Numbering Series.......................................................................................................................41-3
LIST OF TABLES
vi
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
1.1.1 This technical order (TO) describes the procedures and techniques employed to assign TO numbers to technical data
used to operate, install, maintain, inspect, perform procedural functions on, and modify Air Force weapons systems and
equipment. Numbering techniques are not included in this TO for TO numbering assignments made according to waivers or
deviations from established procedures.
1.1.2 Chapter 43 of this TO provides an alphabetical listing of equipment names cross-referenced to appropriate TO number
groups as they appear in the Air Force TO Catalog. Basic names of equipment systems and components are in bold print.
Variations or breakdowns of the equipment follow in small print. This listing does not indicate the status of individual
publications. The only authorized sources for determining the status and availability of individual publications are the Joint
Computer-aided Acquisition and Logistics Support (JCALS) System Publication Index and the TO Catalog.
1.1.3 Recommendations or suggestions concerning this document should be submitted by Air Force Technical Order
(AFTO) Form 22, Technical Manual (TM) Change Recommendation and Reply, or the JCALS Recommend a TM Change
process to 558 CBSS/GBHCA, 7851 Arnold St Ste 201, Tinker AFB OK 73145-9147, e-mail: reqacct@tinker.af.mil.
1.2 REFERENCES.
Referenced publications, forms, acronyms and definitions are located in Appendix A. The directives identified in Appendix
A provide policy, guidance and references used to make TO number assignments to approved TO data.
1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES.
1.3.1 TOs are published under the authority of the Secretary of the Air Force according to AFPD 21-3.
1.3.2 The Air Force Materiel Command (AFMC) is responsible to Headquarters, U.S. Air Force (HQ USAF)/A4MM, for
staff surveillance over TO System operations and development of system policies and procedures.
1.3.2.1 The HQ AFMC Directorate of Logistics (A4) is responsible for developing and coordinating Air Force TO System
policy, and for implementing AFMC TO policies.
1.3.2.2 The Sustainment Engineering & Technical Data Operations/Policy Branch, Technical Order Policy & Procedures
Section, HQ AFMC/A4YE, is responsible for developing and coordinating AF and AFMC TO System practices and
procedures.
1.3.2.3 Policies and procedures for requesting TO numbers are contained in AFI 21-303, Technical Orders, and in TO 00-5-
3, AF Technical Order Life Cycle Management.
1.3.3 The Oklahoma City Air Logistics Center (OC-ALC) USAF Technical Order Systems Section, 558 Combat
Sustainment Squadron (CBSS)/GBHCA, is responsible for developing TO numbering procedures, assigning TO numbers
(TO 00-5-3, AFMCI 21-301 and the JCALS Desktop Instructions [DI]). A description of special catalogues for specified TO
categories is provided in paragraphs 1.4.7 and 1.4.8.
1.3.4 Requests for deviations from established TO numbering procedures, including proposals for new TO numbering
patterns, must be coordinated through 558 CBSS/GBHCA. When opinions differ between TO managers and the TO
numbering specialists regarding the application of numbering principles, the numbering specialists will determine the TO
number assignment. If a TO number assignment by GBHCA is not acceptable to the TO Manager and agreement cannot be
reached through further exchange of technical information, the TO Manager will refer the problem to HQ AFMC/A4YE for
review and resolution.
1.4 GENERAL.
1.4.1 TOs are procured from contractors or prepared in-house by Air Force activities. The Program Manager (PM)
responsible for a weapon system or commodity is also responsible for TOs to support that system or item. PMs will assign
TO Managers to carry out this responsibility. Only the responsible TO Manager is authorized to request TO number
1-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
assignment. Only 558 CBSS/GBHCA is authorized to approve and assign TO numbers for most TOs. Exceptions include
nuclear weapons (NW) TOs (assigned by 708th Nuclear Systems Squadron)708 NSS)), Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD)
TOs (assigned by Detachment (Det) 63, 688th Armament Systems Squadron (688 ARSS)); and category 33K Calibration
TOs (assigned by Air Force Metrology and Calibration (AFMETCAL], 562 Combat Sustainment Group (CBSG/GBHA)).
Publications not authorized by TO 00-5-1, AF Technical Order System, will not be numbered in the TO system without prior
approval by HQ AFMC/A4YE.
1.4.2 TO Managers complete the TO Numbering Request Screens in JCALS for each formal or preliminary TO (PTO), and
submit them to 558 CBSS/GBHCA for TO number approval. Contractors and TO Managers not on-line with JCALS may
continue to use the AFTO Forms 203, TO Numbering, Indexing and Control Record. Instructions on completing the JCALS
screens are in the JCALS DI. Procedures for completing and submitting the forms are in TO 00-5-3. The screens and form
are the primary sources for establishing a record in JCALS.
NOTE
When a new TO number is requested, the TO Manager or Equipment Specialist (ES)/Technical Content Manager
(TCM) must enter the Federal Stock Class (FSC), part number(s) and Commercial and Government Entity
(CAGE) code of the equipment listed in the TO title into the JCALS database. For TOs against components or
support equipment peculiar to a weapon system, also enter the weapon system Mission/Design/Series (MDS).
1.4.3 Most TOs are prepared according to military standards and performance or detail specifications which prescribe the
contents of each TO type. This standardized approach facilitates the uniform assignment of descriptive TO numbers.
However, there is increased emphasis on purchasing Commercial Off-The-Shelf (COTS) manuals. The lack of a standard
format between COTS manuals complicates the grouping of like data into established TO numbering patterns. To maintain
stability in the numbering system, 558 CBSS/GBHCA and HQ AFMC/A4YE provide guidance for TO Managers and
develop, coordinate and implement new numbering patterns as required.
1.4.4 Numbers are assigned to group TOs according to the systems and equipment they cover (paragraph 1.6.2), to provide
sequences for filing and indexing, and furnish a means for users to identify and establish requirements for distribution of
TOs. The structure of the TO number identifies a category of Air Force systems or commodities, a design or series of
equipment within a system or commodity category, an equipment sub-series within an equipment series, the type of data
included in the TO, and the medium on which the TO is distributed.
1.4.5 Numbers are assigned on a system or end item MDS basis whenever possible. TOs containing instructions or
procedures applicable to more than one major group are numbered in a general series for the particular category. If multiple
TOs are included on a single distribution medium (e.g., Compact Disc-Read Only Memory [CD-ROM] or Digital Versatile
Disk ), a single unique number will be assigned to the medium (paragraph 1.27).
1.4.6 TO categories are not numbered in a consecutive sequence. Currently, 42 categories are identified between Category 0
and Category 60 (paragraph 1.6.2). Category 0 is assigned to the TO catalog and cross-reference table TOs. Category 00 is
assigned to Methods and Procedures TOs (MPTOs). Categories 1 through 22 are assigned to airborne systems for aircraft,
missiles, aerospace vehicles, and related airborne equipment and component assemblies. Exceptions are the photographic
equipment in category 10 and the armament equipment in category 11. Categories 31 through 51 are assigned to Air Force
ground systems and related equipment. Category 60 is assigned to EOD TOs.
1.4.7 The number 71 is reserved for indexes applicable to the Security Assistance TO Program (SATOP); e.g., TO 0-1-71 is
the index listing “M”-symbol (“Rescinded for AF, Retained for SAP”) and “XX” (authorized to multiple countries) Country
Standard TOs (CSTOs). Other Country-specific SATOP indexes are numbered using the two-letter country symbol as a
prefix.
1.4.8 The Air Force TO Catalog Application lists current TOs, changes since the last publication of the Catalog and a cross-
reference to equipment numbers. It is updated weekly on the Internet (limited to “*.mil” access) and quarterly on CD-ROM
(TO 0-1-CD-1). It includes all active TOs in Categories 0 through 51, except for 11N (nuclear weapons). A special,
releasable “XX” version of the Air Force TO Catalog is provided for FMS/SAP customers. Other special indexes and
responsibilities are as follows:
1.4.8.1 The Nuclear Weapons Product Support Center Technical Support Flight, 708 NSS, Kirtland AFB NM, is
responsible for numbering, indexing and distributing Nuclear Weapons TOs. These TOs are in indexes TO 0-1-11N and TO
0-1-11N-C.
1-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
1.4.8.2 708 NSS also numbers and indexes Nuclear Weapons EOD (NW-EOD) TOs. These TOs are indexed in TO 0-1-
11N.
1.4.8.3 The AF EOD Liaison Office, Det 63, 688 ARSS, Naval EOD Technology Division, Indian Head Maryland,
numbers and indexes Non-Nuclear EOD (EOD) (Category 60) TOs on CD-ROM as part of the Automated EOD Publications
System (AEODPS), published quarterly.
1.4.8.4 The FMS TO System Section, 558 Combat Sustainment Squadron (CBSS)/GBHCC, Tinker AFB, OK, manages the
Security Assistance TO Data System (SATODS), which provides several special Category 71 indexes that list CSTOs used
only by specific FMS/SAP countries.
1.4.9 A close working relationship is needed between TO numbering specialists in 558 CBSS/GBHCA and TO managers to
avoid inaccurate TO number assignments. Numbering specialists must verify and approve TO numbers requested by TO
managers, using information provided in JCALS entry screens or on AFTO Forms 203. If the information is misleading,
insufficient, or in error, the numbering specialists could approve an incorrect TO number. This error could have adverse
effects on anyone attempting to identify and obtain TOs to support operations and maintenance. One major impact of an
incorrect TO number assignment is the sizeable funds expenditure required to correct the number, especially when not only
must the TO involved be renumbered, but other technical data that contains cross references to the incorrect TO number must
be changed as well.
1.4.10 In addition to correctly completing JCALS screens and AFTO Forms 203, TO managers provide assistance to
numbering specialists by suggesting TO numbers, identifying categories and equipment, and furnishing telephone and written
communications that aid in categorizing specific TO data. TO numbering specialists rely heavily on the technical competence
of TO managers and associated activities located at each ALC and Product Center.
1.5 JOINT COMPUTER-AIDED ACQUISITION AND LOGISTICS SUPPORT (JCALS) AND ENHANCED
TECHNICAL INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ETIMS).
1.5.1 The JCALS is the Air Force TO management system of record. It is currently deployed at HQ AFMC, the ALCs and
Product Centers. It will eventually be replaced by ETIMS to provide direct on-line connectivity from every base into the
management system to allow TO ordering, submission of improvements, TO account status, and even on-line distribution of
digital TOs to the base. JCALS (and eventually ETIMS) will enable TO Managers to establish records on each TO, assign
TO numbers (with GBMUUB approval), manage TO acquisition/sustainment/stock/store/issue/distribution and input TO data
into the JCALS/ETIMS Publication Index.
1.5.2 In addition to the standard TO number system described below, JCALS/ETIMS will also assign “Publication Stock
Numbers (PSNs)” to each TO and TO increment as they are indexed. See paragraph 1.28 for a guide to interpreting TO
PSNs.
1.6.1 The basic task of TO numbering specialists is to group similar TO data into categories, systems, equipment series and
equipment sub-series by means of an identifying numeric or alpha-numeric TO number.
1.6.2 TO Categories. TOs are grouped numerically by type of equipment covered by the TO Category.
1-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11 Armament Equipment
12 Airborne Electronic Equipment
13 Aircraft Furnishings and In-Flight Feeding Equipment, Cargo Loading, Aerial Delivery and Recovery
Equipment, Aircraft Fire Detection and Extinguishing Equipment
14 Deceleration Devices, Personal and Survival Equipment
15 Aircraft and Missile Temperature Control, Pressurizing, Air Conditioning, Heating, Ice Eliminating
and Oxygen Equipment
16 Airborne Mechanical Equipment
21 Guided Missiles
22 Aerospace Vehicles
31 Ground Electronic Equipment
32 Standard and Special Tools
33 Test Equipment
34 Shop Machinery and Shop Support Equipment
35 Ground Handling, Support, Air and Missile Base Operating Equipment
36 Vehicles, Construction and Material-Handling Equipment
37 Fuel-, Oil- and Propellant-Handling Equipment
38 Non-aeronautical Engines
39 Watercraft Equipment
40 Commercial Air-Conditioning, Heating, Plumbing, Refrigerating, Ventilating and Water Treating
Equipment
41 Subsistence and Food Service Equipment
42 Coating, Cleaning and Sealing Compounds and Fuels, Gases, Lubricants, Chemicals and Materials
43 Simulator and Training Devices
44 Common Hardware Equipment
45 Railroad Equipment
46 Office, Duplicating, Printing and Binding Equipment
47 Agriculture Equipment
49 Optical Instruments, Timekeeping and Navigational Equipment
50 Special Services Equipment
51 Automatic Test Systems
60 Explosive Ordnance Disposal Procedures
1.6.3 Each category of TO data has its own TO numbering pattern. Sufficient flexibility exists within the total numbering
system to allow for expansion or contraction within numbering parameters, yet maintain standard application of numbering
patterns within each category.
1.6.4 TO numbers are composed of groups separated by dashes, and each group is further divided into parts. The number of
parts within any group varies according to the TO data being numbered in a specific category. Each part of a group consists
of one or more numeric characters or one or more alpha characters. The numbering patterns used to identify TO data in each
category are outlined in Chapters 2 through 41.
1.6.5 A total of seven groups may be used in the TO numbering pattern (see Table 1-1). TO data is identified, in most
categories, by using only the first three or four basic groups. The remaining groups are primarily used to extend the TO
number to identify specific sections of sectionalized TOs; supplemental manuals; and supplement, checklist and work-card
sequence numbers.
1-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
1.6.6 The five major elements of information considered most essential in assigning TO numbers are discussed below:
1.6.6.1 Federal Supply Class (FSC). An FSC is assigned to Air Force stocklisted equipment by cataloging specialists. A
system or equipment item that has not been assigned an FSC is non-stocklisted, and a TO number will not be assigned to the
related technical data. The FSC identifies a system, sub-system, and equipment series that can be related to a TO category
and equipment series. EXAMPLES:
1.6.6.1.1 FSC 5825 identifies ground radio navigation equipment and relates to TO numbering as follows:
31R4
31 Ground Electronic Equipment (Category 31)
R Radio System
4 Navigation Equipment Series
1.6.6.1.2 FSC 5826 identifies airborne radio navigation equipment and is related to TO numbering as follows:
12R5
12 Airborne Electronic Equipment (Category 12)
R Radio System
5 Navigation Equipment Series
1.6.6.2 Descriptive Nomenclature. The nomenclature provided on the JCALS Screens or AFTO Forms 203 supplements
the FSC by further defining the system or equipment series. A combination of only the FSC and the descriptive nomenclature
can, in many instances, provide the numbering specialist with a complete TO number. For example, if FSC 5826, airborne
radio navigation equipment, is provided in conjunction with an equipment nomenclature reading “Maintenance Manual --
Radio Set, Type AN/ARN-24,” the following TO number may be assigned:
12R5-2ARN24-2
12 Airborne Electronic Equipment (Category 12)
R Radio system
5 Navigation Equipment Series
2 Numeric 2 indicates the Equipment has a JETDS nomenclature (paragraph 1.23)
ARN JETDS Nomenclature that indicates: A - Airborne; R - Radio; N - Navigation
24 Radio Model 24
2 Maintenance Manual
1-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
1.6.6.3 Functional System. The functional system furnished on the JCALS screens or AFTO Form 203 is the next higher
echelon of equipment or system for the equipment covered by the subject TO. The functional system identifies an equipment
series if the TO being numbered covers an equipment sub-equipment series. The functional system identifies a system if the
TO being numbered covers an equipment series.
1.6.6.4 Part Number. A TO number will not normally be assigned to equipment without a part number, model number or
other identifier. Most equipment will have a part number which is included in the TO title. If the equipment is not already
listed in the JCALS database, it must be entered by the Equipment Specialist (ES) or Item Manager (IM) using JCALS
“Perform Acquisition” type screens. If the ES or IM does not have access to JCALS, the date may be submitted to the TO
Manager on an AFTO Form 204, TO Numbering, Indexing and Control Record (Continuation), for entry into the system.
Data to be entered includes the weapon system application, the equipment part number, and the manufacturer/vendor CAGE
code. This data is then extracted from JCALS for the TO-Equipment number Cross-Reference section of the TO catalog.
1.6.6.5 Joint Electronics Type Designation System (JETDS - paragraph 1.23) Nomenclature. If the JETDS (formerly “AN”)
nomenclature appears in the title lines of a TO, it must be reflected in the TO number. Air Force personnel request JETDS
nomenclatures using a DD Form 61, Request for Nomenclature, submitted to the HQ AFMC Supply Operations Division,
Asset Identification Branch (HQ AFMC/A4SI), Wright-Patterson AFB OH for approval. For further information concerning
this system contact A4SI at DSN 787-0610.
TO Managers requesting TO number assignment submit JCALS “Manage TM Numbering/Assign a TM Number” screens or
AFTO Forms 203 according to procedures provided in the JCALS DI or TO 00-5-3. The TO numbering specialist will
comply with the procedures and guidance provided in the following paragraphs when assigning TO numbers to approved
technical data.
1.7.1 Compare the Federal Stock Class (FSC), Material Management Aggregate Code (MMAC), and D086, Mission
Workload Assignments System, to determine if the requesting ALC or PC is responsible for the indicated FSC or MMAC. Go
to https://www.msg.wpafb.af.mil/do86/ to view D086 information. Review the title of the FSC to help determine the
appropriate TO Category.
1.7.2 Using the FSC and equipment nomenclature, determine the appropriate TO category, equipment series and sub-series.
For numbering General TOs, see paragraph 1.22.
1.7.3 Once the category, series and sub-series have been determined, use the appropriate chapter of this TO for proper
numbering patterns within that category.
1.8.1 Each of the various types of TOs: operations manuals, inspection and maintenance instructions, Illustrated Parts
Breakdowns (IPBs), etc. is represented in a TO number by a designated type number. These designated numbers are standard
within a category, but are not necessarily standard among categories. An example is a field maintenance manual, which is
represented by “-6” in category 2, but is represented by “-2” in other categories. Numbering specialists should consult the
listings of designated numbers for the appropriate category before assigning a number to represent a specific type of TO.
1.8.2 The type of TO is identified in the last basic group of the TO number. Normally this is the third or fourth group;
however, in some categories it is necessary to identify an equipment sub-series in the TO number. In these categories, the
type of TO will be identified in the fifth group.
1.9.1 Chapters 2 through 41 include complete lists of numbers authorized to identify specific types of TOs in each TO
category. The following list provides brief definitions of dedicated numbers used in all TO categories, except categories 1, 21
and 22. (Additional numbers are required in categories 1, 21, and 22 to identify distinct types of TO data.)
1-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
NOTE
The number -5 is used to identify a wide variety of types of TOs, depending on the applicable TO category. Refer
to paragraph 1.16 for numbering abbreviated TOs and to paragraph 1.18 for numbering TCTOs.
1.9.2 TO data pertaining to the same specific equipment, but contained in more than one type of TO listed in subparagraph
1.9.1 above, is considered to be compatible and, therefore, is numbered together by using the same basic TO number
configuration. An operations manual, a maintenance manual and a parts breakdown manual that are compatible will be
numbered in the same TO number series, like those shown in the following examples:
1.9.3 Equipment modifications cause changes in TO data; and new TOs are issued to reflect the changes. The new or
modified TO data does not always replace existing TOs; therefore, it must be identified in the TO number series that is
already established. This identification is accomplished by determining the specific type of TO to be numbered and adding 10
to the designator number (e.g., an operations manual, normally a “-1,” would become a “-11”). This addition provides
another sequence for numbering slightly different TO data, pertaining to the same equipment, in the same TO number series.
Any subsequent operations manuals will be numbered -21, -31, -41, -51, etc. This 10-number sequence within a TO number
series preserves the integrity of the -1 designated number that identifies operations manuals; and it also provides a method of
grouping compatible TOs in the same sequence. This same sequence-numbering procedure will be applied to various other
types of TOs as required.
1.9.4 Different types of TOs that relate to the same specific equipment, but contain data that is not compatible, will be
numbered with the same basic TO number, but will not be numbered in the same 10-number sequence. For example, an
operating instructions manual pertaining to specific equipment and a maintenance manual pertaining to a modification of the
same equipment are not compatible. The operating instructions manual will receive a basic TO number ending in -1; and the
maintenance manual will receive a TO number ending in -12 (in the subsequent 10-number sequence). The same basic TO
number will be used (e.g., 10E5-2-14-1 and 10E5-2-14-12).
1.9.5 Two TOs of the same type will not be numbered in the same 10-number sequence of a TO number series. An
intermediate maintenance manual and a service manual (each normally numbered -2) cannot be numbered in the same 10-
number sequence. One of the manuals will receive a basic TO number ending in -2 and the other will receive the same basic
TO number, but will end in -12 (from the following 10-number sequence). If a TO must be changed to make it applicable to a
specific configuration of the end item to which it applies and there are two or more end item configurations to be covered, the
original TO will retain its number unchanged and modified TOs will be identified by a dash number in another 10-number
sequence.
1.9.6 If a TO is too large for efficient use, it may be sectionalized by dividing it into logical equipment segments of two or
more sections. Each of the sections will receive the same 10-number sequence designator for the type of TO. A dash will be
added and will be followed by a consecutive serial number to identify each section (e.g., 12P6-4-14-3-1, 12P6-4-14-3-2,
12P6-4-14-3-3, 12P6-4-14-3-4). Sectionalizing is further described in paragraph 1.14.
Functionally oriented maintenance manuals (FOMMs) will be numbered with a -2, to designate the type of TO, as described
in paragraph 1.9 and the appropriate section for the category involved. Section numbers may be assigned according to
paragraph 1.14, if appropriate.
1-7
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
Maintenance dependency charts will be numbered with a -2, like maintenance TOs.
Calibration and Measurement Summaries TOs will be numbered in the appropriate categories and TO series for the aerospace
systems (aircraft, missile, communications-electronics) to which they apply. Calibration and Measurement Summaries TOs
relating to general equipment, if no aerospace systems are identified, will be numbered in category 33K.
For a TO that combines TO data relating to more than one type of TO, the designated number of the first type of TO
identified in the title will be assigned. Thus, a TO bearing the title “Operations, Maintenance, and IPB” will be numbered “-
1” because operations is the first type of TO identified in the title; a TO bearing the title “Overhaul and IPB” will be
numbered “-3” because overhaul is the first type of TO identified in the title. This numbering procedure will be used with any
combination of types of TOs and with CDs containing multiple TO types. When all system technical data is provided as an
Interactive Electronic Technical Manual (IETM) in a relational database, the number will identify the system (e.g., “1F-
16C”) and end in “-1” to signify that all operations and maintenance data is contained in the database. If the database is
limited to maintenance data only, the number would end in “-2.” Paragraph 1.26 specifies number suffixes to use if there are
multiple TO versions published (e.g., the database and discrete TOs).
When TO data is sufficiently large and has natural divisions in tasks or equipment breakout which make several smaller
manuals more usable and more manageable, a separate TO number is assigned for each section. One example that meets this
criterion is aircraft maintenance data, which contains many detailed tasks. The same procedures may be used for multiple CD
sets. Flight manual performance data may be issued as a separate TO numbered and assigned a suffix dash (-) number as for
sectionalized TOs. Sectionalized documents normally relate to the same system or equipment and are the same type of TO.
Different types of TOs will not be sectionalized together in the same serial number sequence. After numbering specialists
have assigned the basic TO number and determined that a sectionalized manual is necessary, an additional group will be
added to the basic TO number. This new group will identify the section number of a sectionalized TO as in the following
examples:
12P3-2ALQ101-32-1
32 Maintenance Manual (Last Basic Group of TO Number)
1 First Section of a Sectionalized Maintenance Manual
12P6-4-14-3-4
3 Overhaul Instructions Manual (Last Basic Group of TO Number)
4 Fourth Section of a Sectionalized Overhaul Instructions Manual
12P3-2ASR5-4-2
4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown (Last Basic Group of TO Number)
2 Second Section of a Sectionalized Illustrated Parts Breakdown Manual
NOTE
1.15.1 Supplements. TO supplements are issued to augment or change data in the basic TO. Data in the supplement will
normally be incorporated into the basic TO when the next change is issued. TO supplement numbers are assigned by the TO
Managers according to established TO policy.
1-8
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
1.15.1.1 A routine supplement is identified by adding one or two alpha characters to the last group of the TO number; e.g.,
12P3-2ALA7-3C. Unclassified routine supplements will be numbered using the alpha characters C through Z when only one
alpha character is required and assigned, or the characters CC through CZ progressing to DC through DZ and so forth to ZZ
when two alpha characters are required.
1.15.1.1.1 The alpha characters I and O are also not used, to prevent confusion with the numeric characters 1 and 0.
1.15.1.1.2 The alpha characters A and B, AA through AZ, and BA through BZ designate classified supplements.
NOTE
A classified, routine TO supplement will not be issued if its classification would be higher than that of the basic
TO. Rather, the classified supplementing material will be issued and numbered as a supplemental manual
(paragraph 1.17). This procedure is necessary to overcome special problems encountered in establishing user
requirements and distributing classified TOs.
1.15.1.2 An operational supplement (ops) is identified by adding an alpha S to the last group of the TO or Flight Manual
Program (FMP) Publication number. A safety supplement is identified by adding an alpha SS to the last group of the
TO/Flight Manual number. A single block of sequential numbers is used to assign both operational and safety supplement
numbers.
1.15.1.2.1 For flight manuals (AFI 11-215), the sequence number of a safety or operational supplement is used only one
time for the life of the manual. JCALS will issue supplement sequence numbers starting over with “1” after an FMP manual
revision - The JCALS Incident Reporting & Tracking System (IRTS) process must be used to change the sequence number to
continue from the previous series. Do NOT use the JCALS “Manage TM Numbering; Renumber a TM” process, as this
would change the sequence number of the first supplement legitimately numbered “1” as well as the new supplement.
1.15.1.2.2 For other TOs, supplement sequence numbers will restart with “1” after the basic manual is revised.
1.15.1.2.3 When a supplement is replaced or superseded by another supplement, use a new supplement number.
1.15.2 Technical Order Page Supplements (TOPS). A TOPS is identified by adding the suffix “TP” to the last group of the
TO number and adding a sequence number (-1, -2, -3, etc.); e.g., 00-5-189TP-1 for the first TOPS to this manual. The
sequence numbers for TOPS are handled the same as sequence numbers for ops and safety supplements.
1.15.3 Identifying Technical Publications Sheets (ITPS). An ITPS is issued to identify and/or supplement a commercial or
contractor publication and will be numbered as a routine supplement (paragraph 1.15.1.2). An ITPS will not be issued solely
to add the TO number and date, if these were assigned prior to distribution and can be stamped or written on the manual title
page.
1.15.4 MAJCOM and Base Supplements. MAJCOM and Base TO supplements are standard publications, not TOs. They
will be numbered using the MAJCOM or base identifier and supplement number, followed by the TO number without the
“TO” prefix.
1.15.5 Changes. Changes are assigned the same number as the basic TO, with a sequence number denoting the specific
change. Change sequence numbers will restart with change 1 after each TO revision. TO changes are numbered 1 through 99,
A01 through A99, B01 through B99, etc. The change designator appears at the bottom of the TO title page and on each
changed page in the TO, but does not become part of the TO number.
1-9
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
Abbreviated TOs, including checklists (CL), workcards (WC), etc., are identified by adding the alpha designator to the last
group of the TO number and adding a sequential number (-1, -2, -3, etc.) to identify the TO as the first, second, third, etc. in a
series.
Examples: 1F-15A-2-10CL1
31S5-2FYQ45-6WC-2
A supplemental manual does not stand alone, but must be used in conjunction with another TO. Supplemental manuals may
be used to publish classified data while allowing the parent manual to remain unclassified, to publish data provided by a
source other than the PM, and/or to publish data in a form other than the parent manual. Supplemental manuals differ from
supplements in that they are assigned a separate TO dash number with no alpha designations. The TO identification number
for supplemental manual is established by adding a serial number to the parent TO number. The first supplemental manual is
-1, the second is -2, etc.
1.18.1 A time compliance technical order (TCTO) contains technical instructions for the modification or inspection of a
specific item of Air Force equipment, or distribution of revised CPIN items. A TCTO may also cause publication of a change
or supplement to technical data already established in the TO system. A TCTO is identified by a serial number beginning
with the number 501 for the first TCTO issued for the item of equipment, and its basic number indicates data that has already
been numbered in the TO system. Since a TCTO may affect more than one type of manual, a type-of-manual designator is
not included in the TCTO number. The TCTO serial number replaces the type-of-manual designator in the basic TO number.
Examples: 1F-111A-1254
16G1-148-501
21M-LGM30-1030
31P5-2MPN14-534
35A2-2-76-501
NOTE
• When a requirement exists to reactivate a TCTO that has been rescinded, the TCTO will be reinstated with the
same TCTO number, but with a current date. The number of an inactive TCTO is never reused for a different
modification or inspection.
• If a program was formerly operating outside of the standard Air Force TO numbering policies/procedures,
they may request a waiver to continue use of the non-standard formats and avoid the cost of converting
existing TOs and TCTOs.
1.18.2 A TCTO supplement is identified by adding an alpha suffix to the TCTO serial number; e.g., 16G1-149-501C.
1.18.3 A TCTO series header includes only those TO number groups necessary to identify the model, type, or part number
of a specific item of equipment. Separate series headers are required for each different classification of TCTO to be issued.
They usually contain two or three groups.
1-10
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
31P5-2MPN14
35A2-2-76
1.18.4 To establish a TCTO series header, the TO Manager submits a JCALS screen or AFTO Form 203 according to the
DI or TO 00-5-3. When it is expected that a TCTO covering more than one item of equipment will be forthcoming, a general
TCTO series listing will be established at the appropriate level of generality.
1.18.4.1 The mission-design-series (MDS) designators assigned to the B-1, H-1, and T-1 aircraft caused necessary
exceptions to be made when numbering general TCTO series and general TOs for these three categories of aircraft. Since the
aircraft MDS are the same as normally used for system general TCTO series listings, the number zero (0) is used in the
second group of the number to designate a TCTO applying to more than one aircraft series.
1.18.4.2
1.18.5 TO Managers request individual TCTO numbers through JCALS, which automatically assigns the next consecutive
serial number within the header series. For assignment of TCTO Data Codes, see TO 00-5-15, AF Time Compliance
Technical Order Process.
NOTE
Do NOT use the data codes provided automatically by JCALS when a TCTO number is requested. Data codes
must be unique across the Air Force. JCALS will assign duplicate numbers at different sites.
Timely submittal of TO numbering requests will minimize the use of emergency procedures. In the event of a work stoppage
or other justified emergency, the TO Managers will use procedures in TO 00-5-3.
TO renumbering shall be held to the minimum necessary to correct serious TO numbering errors. Renumbering will not be
accomplished to align TO numbers with local sequence numbers or other cross reference identifiers. TO numbers will not be
cancelled and new TO numbers assigned just for the purpose of renumbering. The responsible TO Manager will renumber a
TO using the JCALS “Manage TM Numbering; Renumber a TM” process after coordinating the new number with
GBMUUB. (Coordination is not required to assign a TO supplement number, or change an FMP supplement number.) When
renumbering a published TO, both the new and former TO numbers will appear in the upper right corner of the title page with
the former number preceded by the word “Formerly”. Both numbers will remain on the title page until the next revision, at
which time only the new number will appear. Only the new TO number will appear on the individual updated pages.
Unchanged pages will continue to indicate the old TO number until they are changed for a reason other than simply
renumbering, or until the next TO revision.
1-11
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
1.21 ASSIGNING TECHNICAL ORDER NUMBERS TO OTHER DOD COMPONENT TECHNICAL MANUALS.
TO numbers will be assigned to other DoD component Technical Manuals (TMs) that are adopted for Air Force use
according to AFJI 21-301. The Army numbering patterns for TMs are described in Department of the Army Pamphlet (DA
PAM) 25-30, Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms. To assign appropriate Air Force TO numbers to
Army TMs, research DA PAM 25-30, this TO, and other appropriate source data. Navy, Marine Corps and Defense Logistics
Agency TMs are given AF TO numbers in a similar fashion.
1.21.1 Table 1-2 provides a list of the most common types of technical manual designators used for Army TMs and
corresponding Air Force type of TO designators. This table is provided as an aid but should not be used to make final
determination of an Air Force TO number.
1.21.2 The Army technical manual number should be shown in the numbering request, IAW TO 00-5-3.
1-12
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
For Army TM Numbers Ending in: Use Air Force Type-of-TO Designators:
-10 -1, -11, -21, etc.
-12
-13
-14
-HR (Hand Receipt)
In the numbering patterns for each category described in Chapters 2 through 41, numeric characters are used in the second or
third group of a TO number to identify the specific equipment covered by the TO. The distinct pattern for a category, or a
system within a category, indicates whether the second or third group is used for the specific equipment identifier. The
number used as a specific equipment identifier will be greater than 1.
1.22.1 If the number 1 is used in lieu of a specific equipment identifier, the TO is a general technical order (category
general, system general, or equipment-series general TO).EXCEPTION: The pattern established for numbering TCTO series
for B-1, H-1, and T-1 aircraft (paragraph 1.18.4.1) is also used for general TOs in these systems.
1.22.1.1 Category general TOs apply to more than one type of aircraft, missile, or engine or to more than one equipment
system in the category.
1.22.1.2 System general TOs apply to more than one type of aircraft, missile, or engine or to more than one equipment
series within the equipment system.
1.22.1.3 Equipment-series general TOs apply to more than one sub-series of equipment within the equipment-series.
1-13
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
1.22.1.4 Equipment-sub-series general TOs apply to more than one equipment within the equipment sub-series.
1.23 NUMBERING JOINT ELECTRONICS TYPE DESIGNATION SYSTEM (JETDS) TECHNICAL ORDERS.
1.23.1 A large portion of the TOs in categories 12 and 31 cover equipment identified by JETDS equipment numbers. The
JETDS (formerly AN nomenclature system) is described in MIL-STD-196, Joint Electronics Type Designation System.
1.23.1.1 A typical JETDS equipment number is AN/APN-167. The alphas AN indicate JETDS equipment. The A (first
alpha character following the diagonal) designates the installation as piloted aircraft. The P (second alpha character following
the diagonal) designates the type of equipment as radar. The N (third alpha character following the diagonal) designates the
purpose of the equipment as navigational aids. The number following the dash designates a specific set of equipment.
Table 1-3 provides a complete list of equipment indicators.
1.23.1.2 A typical JETDS component number is RT-771/APN-167. The RT, in accordance with MIL-STD-196D indicates
a receiver and transmitter. The 771 identifies a specific equipment component. The APN-167 (following the diagonal)
indicates the component is applicable to the AN/APN-167 equipment set described above.
1.23.1.3 Identifying numbers for TOs covering JETDS equipment and components use a portion of the JETDS number in
the second group of the TO number. (See examples of TO numbers in Chapter 15 and Chapter 22.)
1.23.1.4 If a single TO is applicable to more than one JETDS equipment set or component at any level of breakdown, a
JETDS general TO may be established at that level.
1.23.2 JETDS system-general TOs apply to equipment sets in more than one kind of JETDS installation. These TOs are
identified by the numeric 2 in the second group of the TO number. Examples:
• 31P5-2-137 is applicable to both fixed ground installation (indicated by the F following the diagonal in AN/FSA-4A) and
general ground-use (indicated by the G following the diagonal in AN/GRC-30).
• 31W4-2-121 is applicable to both general utility installation (indicated by the U following the diagonal in SB-1203/UG)
and water installation (indicated by the S following the diagonal in TT-23/SG).
1.23.3 JETDS installation-general TOs apply to equipment sets in more than one JETDS type of equipment within one
installation kind. The second group of the TO number will contain a 2 followed by an alpha character that designates the
installation kind. Examples:
1.23.4 JETDS equipment-type general TOs apply to more than one equipment purpose within one type of equipment. The
second group of the TO number will contain a 2 followed by an alpha character that designates the equipment installation
kind and a second alpha character that designates the type of equipment. Examples:
• 31W4-2GG-162 is applicable to a general-use component CV-2696/GG. The first G after the diagonal indicates general
ground-use installation. The second alpha indicates telegraph or teletype type of equipment.
• 31W4-2TG-144 is applicable to a general-use component TH-5/TG. The T following the diagonal indicates a ground
transportable installation. The G indicates the type of equipment is telegraph or teletype.
1.23.5 JETDS purpose general TOs apply to more than one specific equipment set within one equipment purpose. The
second group of the TO number will contain a 2 followed by three alpha characters that designate the installation, type of
equipment, and purpose, respectively. Examples:
1-14
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
1.24.1 Country Standard TO (CSTO) numbers are assigned to readily identify TOs that support equipment acquired by
foreign countries through the Foreign Military Sales Program. These TOs are not used by the United States Air Force
(USAF), but are centrally managed by 558 CBSS/GBHCC, Tinker AFB OK, in the Security Assistance Technical Order
1-15
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
Distribution System (SATODS) for support of the foreign customers. A CSTO may be a complete standalone publication or
it may be a supplemental manual containing difference data used in conjunction with a baseline TO.
1.24.2 CSTO numbers are distinguished from USAF TO numbers by using “CSTO” in place of “TO” and with a two-
position alpha prefix (country designator) that identifies the country involved. The balance of the CSTO number is
established in the same manner described in this document for USAF TOs. Country designators will be compatible with
country codes listed in AFMAN 23-110, Vol 9, Security Assistance Program Procedures and DOD Manual 5105.38-M,
Security Assistance Management Manual (SAMM), Appendix 4.
1.24.3 If the CSTO is a standalone publication used in lieu of a USAF TO, the CSTO will be identified by a country
designator plus the same number as the related USAF TO. Only the acronym “CSTO” and country designator prefix in the
CSTO number will distinguish between them.
NOTE
Supplemental manuals will have a title page statement reading “This TO (or CSTO) is incomplete without TO (or
CSTO) (number).”
1.24.4 When the CSTO is supplemental to a USAF TO or to a standalone CSTO, it will be identified by a country
designator prefix plus a -1 or other appropriate designation added to the TO number according to the concept described in
paragraph 1.17.
1.24.5 In some instances a standalone CSTO will be for component equipment of a major design departure from any USAF
equipment; therefore, it will not be related to any USAF TO.
• Standalone CSTO - Job guide manual used by Saudi Arabia for F-15 aircraft:
SR1F-15C-2-32JG-30-3
SR Designates Saudi Arabia
1 Category 1
F Basic Mission Fighter Aircraft
15 Aircraft Production Model
C Aircraft Production Series
2 Number Reserved for Maintenance Instructions
32 Landing Gear System (MIL-STD-1808, System Subsystem Sub-Subsystem Numbering,
Chapter 32)
JG Job Guide Manual
30 Subsystem and Sub-Subsystem
3 Third in a Series of Manuals
VE33D7-3-181-2-1
VE Designates Venzuela
33 Category 33
D Special Purpose Test Equipment
7 Electrical and Electronic
3 Computers Sub-series
181 Represents Part Number 2120300 Series
2 Maintenance Instructions
1 Supplemental Manual
1-16
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
SR43D3-4-12-1-1-1
SR Saudi Arabia
43 Category 43
D Training Devices
3 Flight Simulators Sub-series
4 Fighter Aircraft Simulators Sub-series
12 Represents Model F-15 Series Aircraft
1 Operating Instructions
11 First Section of a Sectionalized Manual
1 Supplemental to CSTO
1.25.1 Operation and maintenance instructions in work package format and subordinate work package format are prepared
according to MIL-PRF-87929. The complete TO, which consists of a set of work packages, is numbered according to
numbering procedures for the specific equipment category.
1.25.2 Individual work packages will be numbered by the TO Manager using the following criteria:
1.25.2.1 The number will consist of five numeric characters and an alpha prefix of WP or SWP to identify a Work Package
or a Subordinate Work Package as defined in MIL-PRF-87929.
1.25.2.2 A work package will be identified in the first three numeric positions; the last two numeric positions will be zeros
(e.g., WP 116 00).
1.25.2.3 A subordinate work package will be identified by using the first three positions to specify the work package and
the last two positions to specify the subordinate work package (e.g., SWP 126 19).
1.25.2.4 The alphabetical index work package (as defined in MIL-M-87929) will always be the first work package in the
TO (i.e., WP 001 00).
1.25.2.5 The introduction work package (as defined in MIL-PRF-87929) will always be the second work package in the TO
(i.e., WP 002 00).
1.25.2.6 Other work packages will be numbered WP 003 00, WP 004 00, and so on as required.
1.26.1 To meet customer requirements TO Managers may offer the same technical data on two or more types of distribution
media, such as paper, CD-ROM, or DVD; as well as through direct electronic access.
1.26.2 Media-type suffix codes (see below) are used in index listings to identify any TO versions available in any media
other than paper, and will allow users to order TO copies distributed on that medium. Index listings for non-paper versions of
the TO will include the applicable media-type suffixes followed by an index number. Media-type suffixes will not be used for
paper copies. TO media-type suffix codes are:
Code Medium
CD CD-ROM
WA Electronic Access (WWW or WAN)
DV Digital Versatile Disk (DVD)
FD Floppy Disk
MF Microfiche
MT Magnetic Tape
VT Video Tape/Disk
1-17
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
NOTE
Media-type suffixes appear only in the TO Index for ordering purposes. They are not placed on the TOs
themselves unless they are part of the digital medium’s number.
1.26.3 The media-type suffix code will allow sight recognition of TOs available on other-than-paper media. All media-type
suffixes will carry the index number “-1,” except as described below. The index number following the suffix will be used for
several purposes:
1.26.3.1 If a TO or set of TOs (paragraph 1.27) requires more than one disk or tape, the index number will indicate
individual disks/tapes in the set (i.e., disk one of three is -1, disk two of three is -2, and disk three of three is -3).
1.26.3.2 If a set of TOs contains manuals with different classifications or distribution limitations, these TOs may be
segregated by disk with different index numbers assigned to the different levels of protection required.
1.26.4 Examples:
• TO 1B-52G-4-1 is a paper IPB for the B52G and B52H aircraft. A DVD containing this TO would be indexed as 1B-
52G-4-1-DV-1.
• TO 12P2-2APQ120-2 is an intermediate maintenance manual for a radar indicator. A CD-ROM containing the same TO
would be indexed 12P2-2APQ120-2-MT-1.
• TO 33K-1-100-CD-1 (calibration procedures) is only available on CD-ROM.
• The database for the F-22 fighter Interactive Electronic Technical Manual (IETM) will be available on-line through a
WAN, and would be indexed as 1F-22A-1-WA-1, with a Catalog note on how to access it. Note that the basic TO
number ends in “-1” because ALL procedures, operations and maintenance, are contained in the one database (see
paragraph 1.13).
Digital media containing multiple TOs will be numbered and indexed in the TO System to facilitate management and
distribution. The number will be indicative of the contents of the disk, be formatted like a TCTO-series number (paragraph
1.18), and include a media-type suffix (paragraph 1.26). EXAMPLES:
• TO 1B-52H-2-CD-1 through 1B-52H-2-CD-5 would contain the Organizational Maintenance Manual Set for the B-52H,
provided on a set of 5 CD-ROMs;
• TO 33D2-17-2-CD-1 would contain unclassified TOs on an Aircraft Field Test Stand provided on CD-ROM, while
33D2-17-2-CD-2 (C) would contain confidential TOs for the same equipment; and
• TO 35D-1-DV-1 would be unclassified, Distribution Statement A TOs for Miscellaneous Aircraft Loading and Servicing
Equipment provided on DVD.
A PSN is a 15-character number created by the JCALS system to manage each TO and TO increment. The number is based
on information entered by the TO manager when the TO or increment is indexed. The PSN consists of six parts, broken out
as follows:
1.28.1 The first two digits indicate the TO Category (00, 01, 21, etc.).
1.28.2 The third character will always be a “T” for Air Force TOs.
1.28.3 The fourth through ninth digits are a number assigned by JCALS to the basic TO and each revision. Each revision
will have a unique number which will be assigned to every increment applicable to that revision (“family”).
1.28.4 The tenth character indicates whether the increment is a basic, revision, change or TCTO (0), or a supplement (S =
Safety Supplement, P = Operational Supplement, T = TOPS, and C = Routine Supplement).
1.28.5 The eleventh through thirteenth digits indicate the change or supplement number of the increment. All zeroes
indicate there are no changes or supplements.
1.28.6 The fourteenth and fifteenth characters are the media code for the increment (the 15th digit is not used when the 14th
digit is a letter). Examples of these codes include but are not limited to:
1-18
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
06 -- Paper M -- Microfiche
10 -- 3.5” Floppy Disk (1.44 Mb) P -- Printed Copy (interim TOs distributed via message)
11 -- Digital On-Line R -- CD-ROM
D -- Digital Versatile Disk V -- Video Cassette
1.29 TECHNICAL ORDER NUMBERING FOR ASD/AIA S1000D©, INTERNATIONAL SPECIFICATION FOR
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS UTILIZING A COMMON SOURCE DATABASE.
1.29.1 ASD/AIA S1000D© (http://www.s1000d.org) contains three primary constructs that relate directly to the TO
Numbering process. These constructs are the Data Module (DM), the Common Source Data Base (CSDB), and the
Publication Module (PM).
1.29.1.1 The DM is a self-contained unit of data for the description, operation, identification of parts or maintenance of the
product and its support equipment. The DM consists of an identification and status section and contents section, and is
produced in such a form that it can be input into, and be retrieved from, a database using a defined identifier.
1.29.2 TO numbers shall be assigned to the CSDB and each PM when acquiring ASD/AIA S1000D-compliant TOs. TO
numbers for CSDBs shall comply with the TO numbering for databases as described in this TO (paragraph 1.13). TO
numbers for PMs shall also comply with this TO, but will use the Publication Module Code as specified in ASD/AIA
S1000D as part of the TO number. DMs shall not receive a TO number, but will be numbered and controlled by ASD/AIA
S1000D Data Module Code.
1-19/(1-20 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 2
CATEGORY 0 - TO CATALOG AND INDEXES
2.1 GENERAL.
2.1.1 There is only one Air Force TO Catalog. The catalog incorporates the Equipment and TO Number Cross-Reference
formerly provided in TO 0-4-6-2. A sanitized (“XX”) version of the Catalog is made available to FMS/SAP customers. The
nuclear weapon and CSTO indexes are also numbered in Category 0.
NOTE
Nonnuclear EOD TOs, Category 60, are indexed on the Automated EOD Publication System (AEODPS) CD-
ROM.
2.1.2 The Air Force TO Catalog Application is available on two media. The CD-ROM version, TO 0-1-CD-1, is available to
all US government and contractor TO Distribution Offices. The Internet version, located at URL:https://www.toindex-
s.wpafb.af.mil/, is restricted to DoD users with “*.mil”domain and Common Access Card (CAC).
2.1.3 Both versions of the Catalog provide five main functions: “Search TO Catalog” (information on all active TOs);
“New, Updated and Rescinded TOs” (changes since the last edition); “Search TCTOs”(all active and rescinded TCTO’s);
“Equipment to TO Cross-Reference” (search for applicable TOs by equipment part number); and “Digital TOs” (links to TOs
available on-line). Other functions provide information and tips to help users of the catalog.
The catalogues are numbered in TO Category “0,” with the numerical catalog and indexes in subgroup “-1.”
2-1/(2-2 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 3
CATEGORY 00 - METHODS AND PROCEDURES TECHNICAL ORDERS
3.1 GENERAL.
3.1.1 HQ AFMC/A4YE establishes responsibilities for preparing Category 00 Methods and Procedures TOs (MPTOs).
When a TO Manager requests a new Category 00 TO number, 558 CBSS/GBHCA determines if A4YE coordination and
approval have been obtained before assigning a TO number.
3.1.2 Category 00 TOs contain management data or data which is related to multiple equipment categories; or data which
cannot be identified with any other established category.
3.1.3 The TO numbering pattern in Category 00 uses three basic groups. A fourth group is sometimes added to further
separate MPTOs or to sectionalize by equipment subdivisions as described in the introduction. The numbering pattern is
explained in paragraph 3.2.
3.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group contains one part. The designator 00 identifies the TO as being an MPTO.
3.2.2.1 Part one is made up of one or more numeric characters that identify the subject matter series. The numbering series
are listed in paragraph 3.4.
3.2.2.2 Part two, when used, consists of one or more alpha characters that further breakdown the subject matter into sub-
series.
3.2.3.1 This group has one or more numeric characters that identify the specific type of TO.
NOTE
MPTOs, except for support equipment general “-06” Work Unit Code manuals, do not have “types.”
3.2.3.2 In some instances the numeric characters in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters that indicate a
series of checklists or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 00.
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
3.2.3.3 In addition to the three basic groups, another group may result by sectionalizing, according to paragraph 1.14, or by
using an aircraft or engine type-model-series designator to identify the section.
00-85-35
00 MPTO Category
85 Protective Packaging and Preservation Packaging
35 Selection and Use of Tape for Packaging
3-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
00-25-113-C135
00 MPTO Category
25 Miscellaneous TOs
113 TO on Conservation, Segregation, and Disposal of Critical Alloys and Precious Metals
C135 Section for C135 Aircraft
3.3.3 A MPTO on installation and operation of part number (PN) 6650 series electrical systems:
00-105A-12
00 MPTO Category
105 Air Installation TOs
A Electrical Facilities Installation
12 Designator for Specific Manual for PN 6650 Series Equipment
3-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 4
CATEGORY 1 - AIRCRAFT
4.1 GENERAL.
4.1.1 TO data numbered in the aircraft category includes flight and operations manuals; organizational (flight line)
maintenance and overhaul instructions; inspection requirements and specified procedures performed on the various types of
aircraft. TO numbers incorporate the aircraft basic Mission/Design/Series (MDS) designators specified in DOD 4120.15-L,
Model Designation of Military Aerospace Vehicles, to group types of aircraft data together according to mission.
4.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one type of aircraft or more than one model within a specific type of aircraft is
numbered as a General TO as described in paragraph 1.22.
4.1.3 TO data pertaining to more than one production series of a specific aircraft model is numbered as the earliest
production series. A sectionalized structural repair manual applicable to the F-111 aircraft production series D, E and F is
numbered in the D series.
This paragraph describes complete numbering patterns for all Category 1 TOs, except those maintenance manuals prepared
following Specification MIL-PRF-83495, Technical Manuals - On-Equipment Maintenance Manual Set. Numbering patterns
for MIL-PRF-83495 organizational maintenance manuals are covered in paragraphs 4.4 and 4.5.
4.2.1 GROUP ONE. In Category 1, this group has only two parts identifying the category and aircraft mission.
4.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the aircraft basic mission or non-standard aircraft type as outlined in AFI
16-401(I), Designating and Naming Defense Military Aerospace Vehicles. The following is a list of the basic mission alpha
identifiers:
A - Attack
B - Bomber
C - Cargo/Transport
E - Special Electronic Installation
F - Fighter
G - Glider
H - Helicopter
L - Observation
P - Patrol
Q - Unmanned Air Vehicles (UAV)
R - Reconnaissance
T - Trainer
U - Utility
V - VTOL/STOL
X - Research
4-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
NOTE
TOs for Observation aircraft are identified by the basic mission symbol L instead of the alpha O as identified in
AFI 16-401(I). To avoid confusion with numerals, the TO system does not use alpha characters I and O. These
codes for Laser, Anti-submarine, Spaceplane and Lighter-Than-Air are not used in the Air Force TO system.
4.2.2 GROUP TWO. Group two contains two or three parts that incorporate the aircraft model number; the modified aircraft
mission (in parentheses) if applicable; and aircraft production series if required.
4.2.2.1 Part one contains one or more numeric characters identifying the aircraft model.
4.2.2.2 If part two is an alpha character in parentheses, it identifies a modified aircraft mission. If the modified mission is
not applicable, the aircraft production series identifier described in part three follows the aircraft model number. The
following is a listing of modified aircraft mission identifiers outlined in AFJI 16-401:
4.2.2.3 Part three is an alpha character indicating the aircraft production series. The first series manufactured is identified
with the alpha A, the second series with the alpha B, continuing through the alphabet.
4.2.2.4 If the number is for a general aircraft TO (paragraph 1.22), groups one and two are established using the following
designators:
4.2.3 GROUP THREE. In Category 1, group three primarily identifies the type of TO, instruction or procedure. This can be
accomplished by using either one or two parts.
4.2.3.1 Part one consists of one or more numeric characters reserved to indicate a specific type of TO. The following is a
list of numbers reserved to identify the TOs in Category 1.
4-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
NOTE
The NWC, 708th Nuclear Systems Squadron has responsibility for assigning Category 1 TO numbers when the
group three, part one is -16 or -25 through -31 (paragraph 1.4.6.1).
-16 Atomic Loading and In-Flight (Reserved for Nuclear Weapons)
-17 Storage of Aircraft
-18 Maintenance of Airborne Equipment
-19 Conversion Instructions
-20 Standard Practices
-21 Aircraft Inventory Record Master Guides
-22 Reserved
-23 Corrosion Control
-24 Reserved
-25 thru 31 Air Crew Weapon Delivery Manuals (Reserved for Nuclear Weapons)
-32 In-Flight Maintenance Manuals
-33 Non-Nuclear Munitions Loading
-33-1 Non-Nuclear Munitions Loading - Tactical Missions
-33-2 Non-Nuclear Munitions Loading - Strategic Missions
-33-3 Non-Nuclear Munitions Loading - Defense Missions
-33-4 Non-Nuclear Munitions Loading - Transport Missions
-34 Non-Nuclear Munitions Delivery Manuals
-34-1 Non-Nuclear Munitions Delivery - Tactical Missions
-34-2 Non-Nuclear Munitions Delivery - Strategic Missions
-34-3 Non-Nuclear Munitions Delivery - Defense Missions
-34-4 Non-Nuclear Munitions Delivery - Transport Missions
-35 Non-Munitions Accessories
-36 Non-Destructive Inspection Manuals
-37 Calibration and Measurement
-38 Aircraft Structural Integrity Program
-39 Aircraft Battle Damage Repair TOs
-43 Aircraft Mission Maintenance Data
-44 Combat Weapon Delivery System (Shall not include imbedded data)
-501 and higher Time Compliance TOs
4-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
4.2.3.2 Part two. In some instances some of the reserved numbers listed in part one above are followed by one or more
alpha characters indicating a series of checklists, workcards, supplements, and other functions. Alpha characters authorized
for use in Category 1 are listed as follows (also see paragraph 4.4.1.2):
4.2.4 GROUP FOUR. This group consists of either one or two parts that identify a supplemental manual, identify sections
of a sectionalized TO or indicate the sequence number of specific TO data in a series of inspections, supplements, or
functions.
4.2.4.1 Part one contains one or more numeric characters identifying a supplemental manual, indicating the sequence
number of data in a series or identifying the section number of a sectionalized TO.
NOTE
When used immediately following the number “-6WC” in Category 1, the number “-101” designates Contin-
gency (Quick Look) Workcards.
4.2.4.2 Part two may be used, as in paragraph 4.2.3.2, to add one or more of the alpha characters indicating a series of
checklists, workcards, supplements, and other functions.
4.2.5 GROUP FIVE. If TO numbers have been extended by sectionalizing or establishing supplemental numbers, the use of
group five may be necessary to complete the TO number. Group five may consist of one to two parts (used in the same
manner as described in paragraph 4.2.4) and identifies a supplemental manual or sections of a sectionalized TO or indicates
the sequence number of specific TO data in a series of inspections, supplements, or functions.
4.2.6 GROUP SIX. In some instances sectionalizing Category 1 TOs will extend the number to require using group six to
complete the TO number. Group six will consist of one part made up of one or more numeric characters. Group six identifies
a supplemental manual; identifies sections of a sectionalized TO; or indicates the sequence number of specific TO data in a
series of inspections, supplements or functions in the same manner described in paragraph 4.2.4.1.
The following are examples of common numbering patterns for Category 1 TOs (numbering patterns for Specification MIL-
PRF-83495 maintenance manuals are described in paragraphs 4.4 and 4.5).
1B-52D-1
1 Category 1
B Basic Mission Bomber
52 Aircraft Model Number
D Aircraft Production Series
1 Number Reserved for Flight Manuals
4.3.2 IPB:
1C-135(K)A-4
1 Category 1
C Basic Mission Cargo/Transport
4-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
1C-131A-6WC-7
1 Category 1
C Basic Mission Cargo/Transport
131 Aircraft Model Number
A Aircraft Production Series
6 Number Reserved for Inspection Requirements
WC Indicates Workcard Media
7 Sequence Number of the Workcard
1C-130A-2-3
1 Category 1
C Basic Mission Cargo/Transport
130 Aircraft Model Number
A Aircraft Production Series
2 Number Reserved for Maintenance Instructions
3 Identifies a Section Covering Hydraulic Systems.
1F-5E-1-1
1 Category 1
F Basic Mission Fighter
5 Aircraft Model Number
E Aircraft Production Series
1 Number Reserved for Flight Manuals
1 Identifies the First Supplemental Manual
1F-4C-2-14-1
1 Category 1
F Basic Mission Fighter
4 Aircraft Model Number
C Aircraft Production Series
2 Number Reserved for Maintenance Instructions
14 Identifies a Section for Integrated Electronic Central Radar Altimeter, Radar Beacon System,
Speech Security System, ILS/VOL System
1 Identifies the First Supplemental Manual
4-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
1B-52D-33-2-2SS-1
1 Category 1
B Basic Mission Bomber
52 Aircraft Model Number
D Aircraft Production Series
33 Number Reserved for Non-Nuclear Munitions Loading Procedures
2 Number Reserved for Strategic Missions
2 Identifies a Section Covering External Stores Munitions
SS Indicates a Safety Supplement
1 Sequence Number of the Safety Supplement
Organizational maintenance manuals that conform to Specification MIL-PRF-83495 use a special numbering pattern. TO
numbers assigned for these manuals shall agree with the System/Subsystem/Sub-subsystem categories listed in MIL-STD-
1808. Groups one, two and three of the TO number are formed in the same manner described in paragraph 4.2. However,
groups four, five, six and seven are formed in a different manner as described below.
4.4.1 GROUP FOUR. For MIL-PRF-83495 maintenance manuals, this group consists of two parts.
4.4.1.1 Part one contains two numeric characters that identify the chapter number in MIL-STD-1808 and the equipment
system or subject matter that the TO covers. Systems designators used in group four, part one are as follows:
GENERAL
00 - Aircraft - General
01 through - Reserved
04
05 - Time Limits/Maintenance Checks
06 - Dimensions and Areas
07 - Lifting, Shoring, Recovery and Transporting
08 - Leveling and Weighing
09 - Towing and Taxiing
10 - Parking and Mooring
11 - Placards and Markings
12 - Servicing
13 - Equipment Storage
14 - Aircraft Loading and Off-Loading
15 - Support Equipment
16 - Siting Installation
17 - Preparation for Use and Shipment
18 - Weapons Instrumentation
19 - Training Equipment
AIRFRAME SYSTEMS
20 - Standard Practices - Airframe Systems
21 - Air Conditioning
22 - Auto Flight
23 - Communications
24 - Electrical Power
25 - Equipment/Furnishings
4-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
26 - Fire Protection
27 - Flight Controls
28 - Fuel
29 - Hydraulic Power
30 - Ice and Rain Protection
31 - Indicating/Recording Systems
32 - Landing Gear
33 - Lights
34 - Navigation
35 - Oxygen
36 - Pneumatic
37 - Vacuum
38 - Water/Waste
39 - Electrical/Electronic Components and Multifunction Units
40 - Standard Practices - Integrated Avionics
41 - Water Ballast
42 - Integrated Avionics Architecture
43 - Communications - Staff
44 - In-Flight Refueling - Tanker
45 - Central Maintenance System (CMS)
46 - System Integration and Display
47 - Liquid/Gaseous Nitrogen
48 - Communications/Navigation/Identification
49 - Airborne Auxiliary Power
STRUCTURE
50 - Reserved
51 - Standard Practices - Structures
52 - Doors
53 - Fuselage
54 - Nacelles/Pylons
55 - Stabilizers num
56 - Windows and Canopies
57 - Wings
58 - Reserved
59 - Reserved
PROPELLER/ROTOR
60 - Standard Practices - Propeller
61 - Propellers/Propulsors
62 - Rotors
63 - Rotor Drives
64 - Tail Rotor
65 - Tail Rotor Drives
66 - Folding Blades/Pylon
67 - Rotors Flight Controls
68 - Reserved
69 - Reserved
POWER PLANT
4-7
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
4.4.1.2 Part two consists of two alpha characters that identify the function of maintenance manuals and are used in
conjunction with the chapter numbers listed in MIL-STD-1808. The following is a list of authorized alpha designators to be
used with these functions:
4.4.1.3 Other previously authorized alpha designators remaining in use on some current TOs include the following:
4.4.2 GROUP FIVE. This group has one part consisting of two numeric characters. The first digit denotes the subsystem, as
defined under the appropriate system in MIL-STD-1808. The second digit is assigned by the manufacturer and denotes the
4-8
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
sub-subsystem if further breakout is required for a complex subsystem. A zero in either, or both, positions indicates there is
no equipment breakout at that level.
4.4.3 GROUP SIX. This group has only one part, consisting of one or more numeric characters, that identify the TO series
number of the subsystem indicated in group five.
4.4.4 GROUP SEVEN. In the rare instances when it is used, this group has one part and consists of one or more numeric
characters identifying a section of a sectionalized TO or identifying a supplemental manual (paragraph 4.5.).
4.4.5 Illustrated Parts Breakdown. ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN. When maintenance manuals are written
to conform to MIL-PRF-83495, the related Illustrated Parts breakdown will be numbered to indicate the system involved.
Groups one, two, and three of the TO number are formed in the same manner described in paragraph 4.2. Groups four and
five are described below.
4.4.5.1 GROUP FOUR. This group consists of one part, which is the chapter number from MIL-STD-1808, indicating the
system for the equipment covered.
4.4.5.2 GROUP FIVE. This group consists of one part. One or more numeric characters identify the manual series number
of the system indicated in group four.
1F-16A-2-93JG-00-1-
1
1 Category 1
F Basic Mission Fighter
16 Aircraft Production Model
A Aircraft Production Series
2 Number Reserved for Maintenance Instructions
93 Surveillance System (MIL-STD-1808, Chapter 93)
JG Job Guide Manual
00 General (No Specific Subsystem Identified)
1 First in a Series of Manuals
1 Identifies the First Supplemental Manual
1F-16B-2-00FR-00-1
1 Category 1
F Basic Mission Fighter
16 Aircraft Production Model
B Aircraft Production Series
2 Number Reserved for Maintenance Instructions
00 General (No Specific System Identified)
FR Fault Reporting Manual
00 General (No Subsystem Identified)
1 First in a Series of Manuals
4.5.3 Job guide manual for air-conditioning system applicable to F15A aircraft:
1F-15A-2-21JG-61-2
1 Category 1
F Basic Mission Fighter
4-9
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
4.5.4 Job guide manual for landing gear system applicable to F16B aircraft:
1F-16B-2-32JG-30-3
1 Category 1
F Basic Mission Fighter
16 Aircraft Production Model
B Aircraft Production Series
2 Number Reserved for Maintenance Instructions
32 Landing Gear System (MIL-STD-1808, Chapter 32)
JG Job Guide Manual
30 Extension and Retraction Subsystem
3 Third in a Series of Manuals
1F-16A-4-21-1
1 Category 1
F Basic Mission Fighter
16 Aircraft Production Model
A Aircraft Production Series
4 Number Reserved for IPBs
21 Air-Conditioning System (MIL-STD-1808, Chapter 21)
1 First in a Series of Manuals
4-10
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 5
CATEGORY 2 - AIRBORNE ENGINES AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
5.1 GENERAL.
5.1.1 Category 2 contains TOs pertaining to four basic types of airborne engines. Numbering patterns are established
primarily to identify these engine types that are: auxiliary gas turbine engines, jet engines, rocket engines and reciprocating
engines. TO numbers for airborne engine associated equipment use both three and four basic groups. Other TO numbers for
airborne engines use only three basic groups.
5.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one type of engine is numbered in the category general series.
5.1.3 Data pertaining to more than one engine model within an engine type is numbered in the engine type general series.
5.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group basically has three parts that identify the category, type of engine and any associated
equipment identifiers.
5.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character that identifies one of four types of engines, i.e., G - auxiliary gas turbine engine; J - jet
engine; K - booster and rocket engine; and R - reciprocating engine. When the TO number is for associated equipment, the
alpha A is added immediately following the engine type designator, i.e., GA, JA, KA, and RA.
5.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters that identify the associated equipment series. The associated
equipment series numbers are outlined in paragraph 5.4.
5.2.2 GROUP TWO. In group two, each engine type is further defined according to the method of propulsion. Numbering
patterns used with each method of propulsion are outlined in the following examples:
5.2.2.1.1 Part one consists of one or two alpha characters that identify the type of propulsion for jet engines as follows: J -
turbojet, RJ - ramjet, T - turboshaft and turboprop; and for turbofan two designators have been used: TF and F. The TF
designator was used for turbofan prior to November 1972 and F has been used since MIL-STD-879A was published on 14
November 1972.
5.2.2.1.2 The second part of group two has one or more numeric characters identifying the engine model number, i.e.:
2J-F100
2 Category 2
J Jet Engines
F Turbofan Subtype
100 Engine Model Number
5.2.2.2.1 Part one of group two pertaining to this type engine identifies the fuel as either LR - liquid fuel or SR - solid fuel.
5.2.2.2.2 The second part of group two identifies the rocket engine model number, i.e.:
2K-SR97
2 Category 2
K Booster or Rocket Engine
SR Solid Fuel Subtype
97 Engine Model Number
5-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
5.2.2.3.1 Part one of group two pertaining to this type engine identifies the engine sub-type as L - in line; O - opposed; and
R - radial.
5.2.2.3.2 The second part of group two identifies the reciprocating engine model number, i.e.:
2R-R1830
2 Category 2
R Reciprocating Engine
R Radial Subtype
1830 Engine Model Number
5.2.2.4 Auxiliary Gas Turbine Engines. These engines are auxiliary types including gas turbine engines; gas turbine
generators; gas turbine power units; etc. Group two is composed of alpha and numeric characters identifying the equipment
model number, i.e.:
2G-GTCP165
2 Category 2
G Auxiliary Gas Turbine Engines
GTCP Alpha Prefix for Model Number
165 Model Number
5.2.2.5.1 When the TO number has only three groups, group two contains one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type, or PN assigned to specific equipment.
5.2.2.5.2 When the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has
been further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, the equipment subseries is identified with one or more numeric
characters in group two and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
5.2.3.1 When a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group of the TO number identifies the type of TO. The
following is a list of numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 2:
5-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
5.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in the third group are followed by an alpha character or characters
indicating a series of checklists, workcards and supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in
Category 2:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
5.2.3.3 When the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing
the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
5.2.4 GROUP FOUR. When the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs as
described in paragraph 5.2.3.1, above.
5.3.1 Operation manual for a gas turbine generator, model GTG 331:
2G-GTG331-1
2 Category 2
G Gas Turbine Engines
GTG331 Engine Model Number
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
2J-J75-6WC-1
2 Category 2
J Jet Engines
J Turbojet
75 Engine Model Number
6 Number Reserved for Field Maintenance
WC Identifies Workcards
1 First in a Series of Workcards
5.3.3 Overhaul instructions for liquid fuel rocket engine, model LR-89:
2K-LR89-3
2 Category 2
K Rocket Engines
LR Liquid Fuel
89 Rocket Engine Model Number
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
5.3.4 Overhaul instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for lube oil pump assembly, PN 7453 on C124 aircraft:
2JA6-2-2-3
2 Category 2
J Jet Engines
A Associated Equipment
6 Power Plant Equipment Series
2 Pump Equipment Subseries
5-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
2 Identifies PN 7453
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
5.3.5 Overhaul instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for push-pull assembly PN 12375, F106 aircraft:
2JA8-12-3
2 Category 2
J Jet Engines
A Associated Equipment
8 Throttle Control Series
12 Identifies PN 12375
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
5-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
5-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
2RA6-4 Solenoids
2RA6-5 Link Assemblies
2RA7 AUXILIARY POWER PLANTS
2RA8 ENGINE PREHEATERS (Airborne only)
2RA9 EXHAUST ASSEMBLIES
2RA10 STARTERS (Use 2JA3)
5-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 6
CATEGORY 3 - AIRCRAFT PROPELLERS AND ROTORS
6.1 GENERAL.
6.1.1 Category 3 has four major divisions: one for each of the three types of propellers and one for rotor assemblies. TO
numbers for propellers use three basic groups. TO numbers for propellers associated equipment use both three and four basic
groups.
6.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one type of propeller assembly control is numbered in the category general series.
6.1.3 Information pertaining to more than one propeller assembly, within one type of propeller control motivation, is
numbered in the propeller control general series.
6.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, type of propeller control and equipment series.
6.2.1.2 Part two identifies the type of aircraft propeller control by using alpha designators, i.e., E - electrical control; H -
hydraulic control; and M - mechanical control. Rotor assemblies and equipment are designated by an R identifier in part two.
Aircraft propeller associated equipment is identified by adding the alpha character A after the propeller control identifier, i.e.,
EA, HA, and MA. Rotor assemblies do not have associated equipment identified in the TO system.
6.2.1.3 Part three of this group identifies an equipment series representing further breakout of each type of propeller, its
associated equipment and rotor assemblies. A listing of the series numbers is included in paragraph 6. 4.
6.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 3 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers in
group two are not constant. The following describes the numbering pattern for both groups:
6.2.2.1 If only three basic groups are used in the numbering pattern, group two contains one or more numeric characters
representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
6.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series has been further divided into equipment
subseries. In this case the subseries is identified with one or more numeric characters in group two and the model, type or PN
is identified in group three.
6.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 3:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Instructions
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
6.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in the third group are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, and supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 3:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
6-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
6.2.3.3 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the third group will have one or more numeric characters representing
the model, type, or PN assigned to specific equipment.
6.2.4 GROUP FOUR. In those cases where the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types
of TOs as described in paragraph 6.2.3.1 above.
6.3.1 A general manual entitled List of Props and Governors for Service Aircraft:
3-1-1
3 Category 3
1 Identifies General Instructions
1 First In a Series of General Instructions
6.3.2 Operating instructions for a turboprop, model A6441FN-606, for the VC-131 aircraft:
3E3-5-1
3 Category 3
E Electrically Controlled Prop
3 Turbo-Electric Series
5 Number Assigned to Model A6441FN-606
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
6.3.3 An overhaul instruction for a tail rotor blade, PN 212-010-750-11, for UH-1N helicopter:
3R1-3-6-3
3 Category 3
R Rotors
1 Rotor Assembly Group Series
3 Tail Blade Subseries
6 Number Assigned to PN 212-010-750-11
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
6-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
3EA11 TIMERS
3EA12 SPEED SETTING ASSEMBLIES
3EA13 COORDINATORS
3EA14 PANEL ASSEMBLIES
3EA15 CHANNEL ASSEMBLIES
3H PROPELLERS, HYDRAULICALLY-CONTROLLED
3H1 HYDROMATIC
3H3 CONSTANT SPEED (Use 3H1)
3HA ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
3HA1 BLADES AND CUFFS
3HA2 CONTROLS
3HA3 DEICING ASSEMBLIES
3HA3-2 Drum
3HA4 GOVERNORS
3HA4-2 Counterweight Oil
3HA4-3 Hydromatic
3HA4-4 Electronic
3HA4-5 Manual
3HA5 PUMPS
3HA5-2 Anti-Icing
3HA5-3 Feathering
3HA5-4 Integral Oil Control
3HA6 SPINNERS
3HA7 SYNCHRONIZERS
3HA8 TIMERS
3HA9 SWITCH ASSEMBLIES
3HA10 FILTER BOX ASSEMBLIES
3HA11 ALTERNATORS
3HA12 PANEL ASSEMBLIES
3M PROPELLERS, MECHANICALLY-CONTROLLED
3M1 CONTROLLABLE PITCH
3M2 AUTOMATIC, VARIABLE-PITCH
3M3 FIXED PITCH
3MA ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
3MA1 CONTROL ASSEMBLIES
3R ROTOR ASSEMBLIES AND EQUIPMENT
3R1 ROTOR ASSEMBLY GROUP
3R1-2 Main Blade
3R1-3 Tail Blade
3R1-4 Rotor Head
3R1-5 Tail Rotor
3R1-6 Main Hub Rotor
3R1-7 Forward Hub Rotor
3R1-8 Aft (Tail) Hub Rotor
3R2 CONTROLS
3R2-2 Damper
3R2-3 Limiter
6-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
6-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 7
CATEGORY 4 - AIRCRAFT LANDING GEAR
7.1 GENERAL.
7.1.1 Category 4 has five primary landing gear systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and some of the
systems are further divided into equipment subseries within each series. The TO numbering pattern for Category 4 uses three
basic groups for data identification.
7.1.2 Technical data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
7.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
7.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system, and equipment series within the system.
7.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the landing gear system, i.e., A - landing gear; B - brakes; S - struts; T -
tires and tubes; and W - wheels. Associated Equipment for these systems is identified by adding the alpha A immediately
following the system identifier, i.e., AA, BA, and SA. Associated Equipment is not appropriate for tires, tubes and wheels
systems.
7.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within the system. The TO
numbering series is outlined in paragraph 7.4.
7.2.2 GROUP TWO. Although all TO numbers in Category 4 use three basic groups, the identifiers in group two are not
constant. The two distinct numbering patterns in use are described below:
7.2.2.1 For certain systems one or more numeric characters in group two represent the model, type or PN assigned to
specific components. Systems for which this pattern is used are:
4A Landing Gear
4AA Landing Gear Associated Equipment
4BA Brake System Associated Equipment
4S Struts, Shock-Absorbing
4SA Struts Associated Equipment
7.2.2.2 For other systems, group two indicates the equipment series, identified in part three of group one, has been further
divided into equipment subseries. In this case, group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters, and the model, type or PN is identified in group three. Systems for which this pattern is used are:
4B Brake System
4T Tires and Tubes, Aircraft
4W Wheels, Aircraft-Landing-Gear
7.2.3.1 The third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of numbers reserved to identify specific types of
TOs in Category 4:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
7-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
-6 Inspection Requirements
-7 Installation Instructions
-8 Test procedures, Checkout Manuals, or Programmed Tests
7.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in the third basic group are followed by one or more alpha characters
indicating a series of checklists, workcards, or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in
Category 4:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
7.2.3.3 When group two identifies the equipment subseries, as described in paragraph 7.2.2.2, group three will indicate the
type of TO (reference paragraph 7.2.3.1), and must also represent the model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
7.3.1 A Maintenance manual pertaining to main wheels, brakes, and tires for C-12A aircraft (general series):
4-1-102
4 Category 4
1 General Series
102 Maintenance Manual General Series Number
7.3.2 Overhaul instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for a multiple disc brake, PN 2-1179-2, on a C-5A aircraft:
4B1-2-1063
4 Category 4
B Brakes
1 Brake Series
2 Disc-Type Subseries
1063 Overhaul Instruction Series and Number Assigned to PN 2-1179-2
7.3.3 Overhaul instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for master brake cylinder PN 12550 on H-43B aircraft:
4BA1-9-13
4 Category 4
B Brakes
A Associated Equipment
1 Cylinder Series
9 Number Assigned to PN 12550
13 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
7.3.4 Overhaul instructions for a nose gear drag brace assembly, PN 65-1390-1 on a KC-135A aircraft:
4SA6-5-3
4 Category 4
S Struts
A Associated Equipment
6 Brace Assembly Series
5 Number Assigned to PN 65-1390-1
7-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
7.3.5 Overhaul instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for main wheel assembly, PN 151522-1, used on F-101B
aircraft:
4W1-7-473
4 Category 4
W Wheels, Landing-Gear
1 Main Wheel Series
7 Type VII (Extra High Pressure) Subseries
473 Overhaul Instruction Series and Number Assigned to PN 151522-1
7-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
7-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 8
CATEGORY 5 - AIRBORNE INSTRUMENTS
8.1 GENERAL.
8.1.1 Category 5 contains seven aircraft and missile instrument systems. These systems are divided into equipment series
and most of the systems are further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. Therefore TO numbers in
Category 5 use both three and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both groups are identified in
paragraph 8.2.
8.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
8.1.3 Information pertaining to more than one series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
8.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system, and equipment series within the system.
8.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the instrument system, i.e., A - automatic flight control; E - engine
instruments; F - flight instruments; L - liquid measuring instruments; M - electric circuit instruments; N - navigation
instruments; and P - position and pressure instruments. Flight instruments is the only system that has associated equipment; it
is identified by the system identifier FA.
8.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within a system. The TO
numbering series is outlined in paragraph 8.4.
8.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 5 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers in
group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
8.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two will have one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
8.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN identified in group three.
8.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 5.
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
-7 Installation Instructions and Installation Test Procedures
-8 Test Procedures, Checkout Manuals, or Programmed Tests
8.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in the third group are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 5.
CL - Checklists
S- Operational Supplements
8-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
8.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PNs assigned to specific component assemblies.
8.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described in
paragraph 8.2.3.1 above.
8.3.1 An overhaul manual for a flight computer, model 562A-5M for VC-137 aircraft:
5A7-3-34-3
5 Category 5
A Automatic Flight Control System
7 Computer Series
3 Flight Control Computer Subseries
34 Identifies Model 562A-5M
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
8.3.2 A maintenance manual, overhaul instructions and illustrated parts breakdown for an acceleration sensor assembly,
type TR-272/ASW for F-15 aircraft:
5F25-4-2
5 Category 5
F Flight Instruments
25 Sensor Unit Series
4 Identifies Type TR-272/ASW
2 Number Reserved for Maintenance Instructions
8.3.3 Overhaul manual with parts breakdown for a liquid quantity transmitter assembly, PN EA 772-GDB, for F-105
aircraft:
5L13-3-18-3
5 Category 5
L Liquid Measuring Instruments
13 Transmitters
3 Fuel Quantity Transmitter
18 Identifies PN EA 772-GDB
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
5 AIRBORNE INSTRUMENTS
5A AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS
5A1 SYSTEM PUBLICATIONS
5A1-2 Autopilot
5A1-3 Remote Flight
5A1-4 Stabilization
5A1-5 Yaw Damper
5A1-6 Inlet Control
8-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
8-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
5A8-19 Signal
5A8-20 Stability Augmenter
5A8-21 Adapter
5A8-22 Inlet Spike Positioner
5A8-23 Variable Inlet
5A8-24 Monitor
5A8-25 Attitude Reference
5A9 CONTROLLERS
5A9-2 Flight
5A9-3 Remote Pitch
5A9-4 Turn
5A9-5 Turn and Pitch
5A9-6 Altitude
5A9-7 Power
5A9-8 Selector
5A9-9 Engaging
5A10 FILTERS
5A10-2 Oil
5A10-3 Gyroscope
5A11 GYROSCOPES
5A11-2 Rate
5A11-3 Vertical
5A11-4 Directional
5A11-5 Attitude
5A11-6 Integrating
5A11-7 Displacement
5A12 INDICATORS
5A12-2 Direction
5A12-3 Trim
5A12-4 Attitude
5A12-5 Flight
5A12-6 Distance
5A12-7 Attitude (Use 5A12-4)
5A13 PANELS AND FRAMES
5A13-2 Directional
5A13-3 Function Selector
5A13-4 Servo Cutout Switch
5A13-5 Control
5A13-6 Relay
5A13-7 Adjustment
5A13-8 Damper
5A13-9 Engage
5A14 SERVOS
5A14-2 Electromechanical
5A14-3 Hydraulic
5A14-4 Transmitter
5A14-5 Central Gyroscope Reference System
8-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
8-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
5A26-6 Control
5A26-7 Selector (Do not use)
5A27 DEMODULATORS AND MODULATORS
5A28 COUPLERS
5A29 COMPARATORS (See 5A3)
5A30 POTENTIOMETERS
5A31 STOP ASSEMBLIES
5A32 UNITS
5A32-2 Gyroscope and Accelerometer
5A32-3 Reference
5A32-4 Parameter
5A32-5 Self-Test and Monitor
5A32-6 Interface
5A33 LINKAGE ASSEMBLIES
5A33-2 Power Control
5A34 DRIVE UNITS
5A35 GENERATORS (Use Category 8)
5A36 MEMORY ASSEMBLIES (Do not use)
5A37 RELAYS (Use 8R)
5A38 SYNCHRONIZERS
5A39 CYLINDERS
5A40 DETECTORS
5A41 CONVERTERS
5A42 PLATFORMS
5A43 CLUTCH PACKS
5A44 ACTUATORS
5A45 TRANSFORMERS
5A46 PROCESSORS
5A46-2 Signal Data
5A46-3 Air Data
5A47 DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT
5A48 DESENSITIZERS
5E ENGINE AND TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
5E1 SYSTEMS PUBLICATIONS
5E1-2 Engine Analyzer
5E2 ADAPTERS
5E3 AMPLIFIERS
5E4 GAUGES
5E5 GENERATORS
5E5-2 Propeller Synchronizer
5E5-3 Tachometer
5E6 INDICATORS
5E6-2 Tachometer
5E6-3 Temperature
5E6-4 Pressure (See 5P3-4)
5E6-5 Thrust
5E6-6 Torque
8-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
8-7
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
8-8
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
8-9
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
8-10
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
5M1 METERS
5M1-2 Ammeter
5M1-3 Frequency
5M1-4 Voltmeter
5M1-5 Wattmeter
5M1-6 Steering
5M1-7 Time
5M1-8 Multimeter
5M1-9 Arbitrary Scale
5M1-10 Audio Level
5M1-11 Antenna
5M1-12 Phase (Time)
5M1-13 Velocity
5M1-14 Factor
5M1-15 Fuel Pressure
5M1-16 Galvanometer
5M2 INDICATORS
5M2-2 Control Panel
5M3 GENERATORS
5M3-2 Impulse
5N NAVIGATION INSTRUMENTS
5N1 SYSTEMS
5N1-2 Compass
5N1-3 Computer
5N1-4 Navigator Unit
5N1-5 Display
5N2 AMPLIFIERS
5N2-2 Compass
5N2-3 Electronic Control
5N2-4 Power Supply
5N2-5 Navigational Computer
5N3 COMPASSES
5N3-2 Astro
5N3-3 Magnetic (Direct Reading)
5N4 COMPENSATORS
5N4-2 Quadrantal Error
5N4-3 Synchronizer
5N4-4 Magnetic
5N4-5 Thin
5N4-6 Detector
5N5 COMPUTERS
5N5-2 Altitude Correction
5N5-3 Course and Distance
5N5-4 Dead Reckoning
5N5-5 Time and Distance
5N5-6 True Airspeed
5N5-7 Programmer
8-11
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
8-12
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
8-13
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
5P1-4 Engine
5P1-5 Computer
5P2 GAUGES
5P2-2 Pressure
5P2-3 Suction
5P3 INDICATORS
5P3-2 Air Flow, Cabin Pressure
5P3-3 Position
5P3-4 Pressure
5P4 TRANSDUCERS
5P4-2 Pressure
5P5 TRANSMITTERS
5P5-2 Position
5P5-3 Pressure
5P6 PRESSURE RATIO SYSTEMS
5P7 CONTROLS
5P7-2 Pressure
5P7-3 Position
5P8 COMPENSATORS
5P8-2 Static Pressure and Angle of Attack
5P9 SELECTORS
5P9-2 Pressure
5P10 SENSORS
5P10-2 Flow
5P10-3 Pressure
8-14
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 9
CATEGORY 6 - AIRCRAFT AND MISSILE FUEL SYSTEMS
9.1 GENERAL.
9.1.1 Category 6 has six primary aircraft and missile fuel systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and
further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. TO numbers in Category 6 will use both three and
four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both groups are discussed in paragraph 9.2.
9.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
9.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
9.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series within the system.
9.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character which identifies the fuel system, i.e., A - air refueling; J - aircraft and missile jet
engine fuel systems; K - Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions; P - purging system; R - reciprocating engine fuel
systems; and S - offensive systems. There is no associated equipment identified in this category.
9.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters that identify an equipment series within a system. The TO
numbering series is outlined in paragraph 9.4.
9.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 6 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers in
group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
9.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three groups, group two will have one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
9.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been further
divided into equipment subseries. In this case group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
9.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 6:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
-7 Installation Instructions and Installation Test Procedures
-8 Test Procedures, Checkout Manuals, or Programmed Tests
9.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 6:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
9-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
9.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific component assemblies.
9.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described in
paragraph 9.2.3.1 above.
9.3.1 Overhaul instructions with parts breakdown for a fuel filter assembly, PN 52-2145-002, for H-43B helicopter:
6R2-19-3
6 Category 6
R Reciprocating Engine Fuel System
2 Filter and Strainer Series
19 Identifies PN 52-2145-002
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
9.3.2 Overhaul instructions for a motor operated gate valve, PN AV16V1830D for KC-135A aircraft:
6A9-2-12-3
6 Category 6
A Air Refueling System
9 Valve Series
2 Control Valve Subseries
12 Identifies PN AV16V1830D
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
9.3.3 Section one of two sections of overhaul instructions for main fuel control, Bendix PN 440955, on F-100 engine:
6J3-4-97-3-1
6 Category 6
J Jet and Turbojet Engine and Aircraft
3 Fuel Control Series
4 Main Fuel Control Subseries
97 Identifies Bendix PN 440955
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
1 Identifies Section One
9-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
6A9-2 Control
6A9-3 Relief
6A9-4 Float
6A9-5 Selector
6A9-6 Check
6A9-7 Regulator
6A9-8 Shutoff
6A9-9 Adapter
6A9-10 Response
6A10 PUMPS
6A10-2 Fuel Transfer
6A11 TRANSMITTERS
6A12 RECOIL ASSEMBLIES
6A13 DRIVE UNITS
6A14 SUPPRESSOR ASSEMBLIES
6A15 COUPLINGS
6A16 BUNGEE ASSEMBLIES
6A17 ADAPTERS
6A18 PROBES
6A19 SELECTORS
6A20 CYLINDERS
6A21 DROGUES
6A22 THERMISTORS
6J AIRCRAFT AND MISSILE ENGINE FUEL SYSTEMS - TURBOJET AND TURBOPROP
6J1 AMPLIFIERS
6J1-2 Main System
6J1-3 Afterburner System
6J2 BAROMETRIC ASSEMBLIES
6J3 FUEL CONTROLS
6J3-2 Afterburner
6J3-3 Emergency
6J3-4 Main
6J3-5 Starting
6J3-6 Speed Limiter
6J3-7 Valve
6J3-8 Nozzle and Actuator
6J4 QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLINGS
6J5 FILTERS AND STRAINERS
6J6 (Not Used)
6J7 GOVERNORS
6J8 NOZZLES
6J9 PRIMER AND IGNITER ASSEMBLIES
6J10 PUMPS, FUEL AND WATER
6J10-2 Air Driven Turbine
6J10-3 Electric Motor Driven
6J10-4 Engine Driven
6J10-5 Hydraulic Motor Operated
9-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
9-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
6J24 HEATERS
6J25 ACCUMULATORS
6J26 DETECTORS
6J27 CYLINDERS
6J28 MANIFOLDS
6J29 ACTUATOR ASSEMBLIES
6K ROCKET ENGINE FUEL SYSTEMS
6K1 VALVES
6K1-2 Control
6K1-3 Drain
6K1-4 Shutoff
6K1-5 Relief, Vent
6K1-6 Disconnect
6K2 GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES
6K2-2 Gas
6K3 GIMBAL AND MOUNT ASSEMBLIES
6K3-2 Thrust Chamber
6K4 SWIVEL ASSEMBLIES
6K4-2 Mechanical
6K5 THRUST CHAMBER ASSEMBLIES
6K5-2 Boost Rocket
6K6 REGULATORS
6K6-2 Pressure
6K7 COUPLINGS AND DISCONNECTS
6K7-2 Couplings
6K8 PUMP ASSEMBLIES
6K8-2 Turbo
6K9 INITIATORS
6K10 NOZZLE ASSEMBLIES
6K11 ADAPTERS
6K12 ACTUATOR ASSEMBLIES
6K13 PROBE ASSEMBLIES
6P PURGING SYSTEMS
6P1 NITROGEN VALVES
6P1-2 Check Nitrogen
6P1-3 Pressure Regulating
6P1-4 Relief Nitrogen
6P1-5 Control
6P1-6 Shutoff
6P2 GENERATOR PACKAGES
6P2-2 Purge Gas
6P3 CONTROLLERS
6P3-2 Fuel Air Ratio
6P4 PUMPS
6R AIRCRAFT RECIPROCATING ENGINE FUEL SYSTEMS
6R1 CARBURETORS
6R1-2 Float
9-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
6R1-3 Injection
6R1-4 Variable Venturi
6R2 FILTERS AND STRAINERS
6R3 INJECTION SYSTEMS
6R4 FUEL INJECTION
6R5 PUMPS, FUEL- AND WATER-
6R5-2 Electric Motor Driven
6R5-3 Engine Driven
6R5-4 Injection
6R5-5 Hand Operated
6R5-6 Hydraulic Motor Operated
6R6 REGULATORS
6R6-2 Fuel
6R6-3 Water
6R7 SWITCHES (See Category 8)
6R8 TANKS
6R8-2 Jettisonable
6R9 VALVES
6R9-2 Check
6R9-3 Control
6R9-4 Drain
6R9-5 Float
6R9-6 Metering
6R9-7 Pressure Regulating
6R9-8 Vent, Relief
6R9-9 Selector
6R9-10 Shutoff
6R9-11 Coupling, Quick-Disconnect
6R9-12 Slide
6R9-13 Swivel
6R9-14 Dump
6R9-15 Flow Divider
6R9-16 Gate
6R10 PRIMER AND IGNITER ASSEMBLIES
6R11 AMPLIFIERS
6S OFFENSIVE SYSTEMS
6S1 SYSTEMS
6S2 VALVES
6S3 CYLINDERS
6S4 CHAMBERS
9-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 10
CATEGORY 7 - AIRBORNE ENGINE LUBRICATING SYSTEMS
10.1 GENERAL.
10.1.1 Category 7 has only two systems relating to airborne engine lubrication. These two systems are divided into
equipment series and then further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. TO numbers in Category 7
use both three and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both groups are discussed in paragraph
10.2.
10.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
10.1.3 Information involving more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
10.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series within the system.
10.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character that identifies the lubrication system. These alpha characters are: J - jet engine
lubricating systems, or R - reciprocating engine lubricating systems. There is no associated equipment identified in this
category.
10.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within a system. The TO
numbering series is outlined in paragraph 10.4.
10.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 7 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
10.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two will have one or more numeric characters representing
the model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
10.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
10.2.3.1 If the TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 7.
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
10.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 7:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
10-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
10.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing
model, type or PN assigned to specific component assemblies.
10.2.4 Group Four. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described in
paragraph 10.2.3.1, above.
10.3.1 Depot maintenance instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for a transmission fluid cooler, PN 215-55302-1 for
A7D aircraft jet engine:
7J1-65-3
7 Category 7
J Jet Engine Lubrication System
1 Cooler Series
65 Identifies PN 215-55302-1
3 Number Reserved for Depot Maintenance Instructions
10.3.2 Checkout and service instructions for a temperature control valve, PN 154605-1-1, for C-141 aircraft jet engine:
7J6-10-10-2
7 Category 7
J Jet Engine Lubrication Systems
6 Valve Series
10 Relief Valve Subseries
10 Identifies PN 154605-1-1
2 Number Reserved for Service Instructions
10.3.3 Overhaul instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for oil separator assembly, PN 1545-4-E for C-121C aircraft
reciprocating engine:
7R6-2-13
7 Category 7
R Reciprocating Engine Lubrication System
6 Separator Series
2 Identifies PN 1545-4-E
13 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
10-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
7J6 VALVES
7J6-2 Check (See 7J6-8)
7J6-3 Diverter
7J6-4 Flow Divider
7J6-5 Shutoff
7J6-6 Control
7J6-7 Pressurizing
7J6-8 Check
7J6-9 Drain
7J6-10 Relief
7J6-11 Selector
7J7 THERMOSTATS
7J8 SOCKET ASSEMBLIES
7J9 AMPLIFIERS
7J10 TANKS
7J11 INDICATORS
7J12 NIPPLE ASSEMBLIES
7J12-2 Oil
7J13 TRANSDUCERS
7J14 SENSORS
7J15 FAN ASSEMBLIES
7R RECIPROCATING ENGINE LUBRICATING SYSTEMS
7R1 COOLERS
7R1-3 Oil Coolers
7R2 FILTERS
7R3 HEATERS
7R4 PUMPS, RECIPROCATING-ENGINES
7R4-2 Hydraulic Gear
7R4-3 Transfer
7R5 REGULATORS
7R6 SEPARATORS
7R7 THERMOSTATS
7R8 VALVES
7R8-3 Control
7R8-5 Drain
7R8-7 Selector
7R8-8 Sequence
7R8-9 Shutoff
7R6-10 Diverter Segregator
7R8-12 By-Pass
7R9 SOCKET ASSEMBLIES
7R10 FANS
10-3/(10-4 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 11
CATEGORY 8 - AIRBORNE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
11.1 GENERAL.
11.1.1 Category 8 contains six airborne electrical systems. These systems are divided into equipment subseries within each
equipment series. Therefore TO numbers in Category 8 use both three and four basic groups for data identification.
Numbering patterns for both groups are discussed in paragraph 11.2.
11.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
11.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
11.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series within a system.
11.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the electrical system, i.e., A - alternating current electrical equipment; C -
combination of both alternating and direct current electrical equipment; D - direct current electrical equipment; E - ignition
systems; R - relays; and S - switches.
11.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within the system. The TO
numbering series is outlined in paragraph 11.4.
11.2.2 GROUP TWO. Since TO numbering patterns in Category 8 use both three and four basic groups, the identifiers in
group two are not constant. The following explains the numbering patterns for both groups:
11.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two will have one or more numeric characters representing
the model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
11.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in group one, part three, has been
divided into equipment subseries. In this case group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
11.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 8:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
-7 Installation Instructions and Installation Test Procedures
-8 Test Procedures, Checkout Manuals, or Programmed Tests
11.2.3.2 In some instances, the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 8:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
11-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing
model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment and the specific types of TOs are then identified in group four.
11.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described
in paragraph 11.2.3.1.
11.3.1 Operating and maintenance instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for an alternating current electric motor, PN
6818-1, applicable to a pump installation on C-119 aircraft:
8A1-15-35-1
8 Category 8
A Alternating Current
1 Actuator and Motor Series
15 Pump Subseries
35 Identifies PN 6818-1
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
11.3.2 A field maintenance instruction for a combination alternating/direct current inverter, PN F15-2M, for H-19A
helicopter:
8C7-2-5-2
8 Category 8
C Alternating/Direct Current
7 Motor Generator (Inverter) Series
2 1-250 Volt Ampere Subseries
5 Identifies PN F15-2M
2 Number Reserved for Field Maintenance
11.3.3 Overhaul instruction with parts breakdown for a fuel float switch assembly, PN F-7860 for a B-52 aircraft:
8S1-2-24-3
8 Category 8
S Switches
1 Float Switch Series
2 Fuel Float Switch Subseries
24 Identifies PN F-7860
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Manuals
11-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
8A1-56 Lights
8A1-57 Ammunition Booster, Gunnery
8A1-58 Cryptographic Equipment
8A1-59 TV Viewfinder
8A1-60 Launcher, Guided-Missile (See 35M)
8A1-61 Engine Temperature Control
8A1-62 Driftmeter Fairing
8A1-63 Pressurization Unit
8A1-64 Indicator
8A1-65 Amplifier
8A1-66 Fire Control
8A1-67 Controlled Line Platform
8A1-68 Escape Capsule
8A1-69 Electronic Countermeasure
8A1-70 Lights (See 8A1-56)
8A1-71 Flare Ejection
8A1-72 Servo
8A1-73 Control
8A1-74 Timer
8A1-75 Recorder
8A1-76 Ramp
8A1-77 Plumbing
8A1-78 Drive (See 8A1-43)
8A1-79 Static Line Cable
8A1-80 Air Exit Door
8A1-81 Landing Gear
8A1-82 Shaker Assembly
8A1-83 Filter
8A1-84 Linear
8A2 POWER SUPPLIES
8A3 CONTROLLERS
8A3-2 Trim Tab
8A3-3 Afterburner
8A3-4 Starter
8A3-5 Generator
8A3-6 Wing Flap
8A3-7 Flasher
8A3-8 Timer
8A3-9 Temperature
8A3-10 Oil Cooler
8A3-11 Calibration
8A3-12 Rudder
8A3-13 Frequency and Load
8A3-14 Steering
8A3-15 Air Inlet
8A3-16 Paralleling
8A3-17 Warning Device
11-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
8A3-18 Panel
8A3-19 Winch and Hoist
8A4 CONNECTORS, PLUGS, ETC.
8A4-2 Mounting Rack and Tray
8A4-3 Contactor
8A5 DYNAMOTORS
8A5-2 0-100 MA
8A5-3 101-200 MA
8A5-4 201-300 MA
8A5-5 301-400 MA
8A6 GENERATORS (ENGINE DRIVEN)
8A6-2 0-1 KVA
8A6-3 2-7 KVA
8A6-4 8-9 KVA
8A6-5 10-15 KVA
8A6-6 16-20 KVA
8A6-7 21-30 KVA
8A6-8 31-40 KVA
8A6-9 41-60 KVA
8A6-10 61-120 KVA
8A7 MOTOR GENERATORS (ROTARY INVERTER)
8A7-2 0-1 AMP
8A7-3 1-250 VA
8A7-4 251-500 VA
8A7-5 501-1000 VA
8A7-6 1001-3000 VA
8A8 HEATERS AND DEFROSTERS
8A8-2 0-500 Watts
8A8-3 501-1000 Watts
8A8-4 1001-2000 Watts
8A9 VIBRATORS
8A9-2 Instrument Panel
8A10 LIGHTING EQUIPMENT
8A10-2 Landing
8A10-3 Taxi
8A10-4 Inter-Aircraft
8A10-5 Fluorescent Lights, Related Equipment
8A10-6 Flasher
8A10-7 Vibrator Pack
8A10-8 Anti-Collision
8A10-9 Display
8A10-10 Warning, Dimming Control
8A11 POWER SUPPLIES (See 8A2)
8A12 STARTERS
8A12-2 Combination Inertia - Direct Crank
8A12-3 Direct Crank
8A13 STARTER GENERATORS
11-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11-7
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
8C7-3 251-500 VA
8C7-4 501-750 VA
8C7-5 751-1000 VA
8C7-6 1001-1500 VA
8C7-7 1501-2500 VA
8C7-8 2501-5000 VA
8C8 BOX ASSEMBLIES
8C9 INSTRUMENT PANEL VIBRATORS
8C9-2 0-5 lbs
8C9-3 6-10 lbs
8C9-4 11-15 lbs
8C9-5 16-20 lbs
8C9-6 21-25 lbs
8C10 LIGHTING EQUIPMENT
8C10-2 Landing
8C10-3 Cockpit
8C10-4 Inter-Aircraft
8C10-5 Fluorescent
8C10-6 Flasher
8C10-7 Flood
8C10-8 Panels
8C11 POWER SUPPLIES
8C11-2 110V AC Input - 300V DC Output
8C11-3 28V DC Input - 28V AC Output
8C11-4 115V AC Input - 275V DC Output
8C11-5 195/210V AC Input - 24/31V DC Output
8C11-6 28V DC Input - 115V AC Output
8C11-7 195/210V AC Input - 28V DC 100 Amps Output
8C11-8 Converter
8C12 STARTERS
8C12-2 Inertia and Direct Crank
8C12-3 Direct Crank
8C12-4 Energizer
8C13 STARTER GENERATORS
8C13-2 1-100 amps
8C13-3 101-200 amps
8C13-4 201-300 amps
8C13-5 301-400 amps
8C13-6 Direct Current
8C14 TRANSFORMER RECTIFIERS
8C14-2 0-25 amps
8C14-3 26-50 amps
8C14-4 51-100 amps
8C14-5 0-120 amps
8C14-6 101-200 amps
8C15 WARNING DEVICES
8C15-2 Horn
11-8
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
8C15-3 Bell
8C15-4 Lamp
8C15-5 Warning Unit, Vacuum
8C15-6 Fuel Pressure
8C15-7 Oil Pressure
8C15-8 Warning, Caution Panel
8C15-9 Fire Detector
8C15-10 Stall Warning
8C15-11 Audible Signal
8C16 RESISTORS
8C16-2 Powerstats, Autotransformers
8C17 AMPLIFIERS
8C17-2 Autopilot
8C18 VOLTAGE REGULATORS
8C19 BOXES
8C19-2 Distribution
8C19-3 Junction
8C20 HEATING SYSTEM
8C20-2 Electrical
8C21 PANELS
8C22 FILTER ASSEMBLIES
8D DIRECT CURRENT
8D1 ACTUATORS AND MOTORS
8D1-2 Cargo, Ramp Door
8D1-3 Camera Door
8D1-4 Cockpit Canopy
8D1-5 Cowl Flap, Air Plug
8D1-6 Landing Gear
8D1-7 Wing Flap, Dive Flap
8D1-8 Trim Tab, Boost
8D1-9 Oil Cooler, Intercooler
8D1-10 Carburetor Air
8D1-11 Cockpit Heat, Vent
8D1-12 Anti-Ice and De-Ice
8D1-13 Engine Control
8D1-14 Valve
8D1-15 Pump
8D1-16 Radome Retract
8D1-17 Fan, Blower
8D1-18 Windshield Wiper
8D1-19 Compressor
8D1-20 Tip Tank, Jato Release
8D1-21 Fractional Horsepower
8D1-22 Integral Horsepower
8D1-23 Propeller Pitch and Mixture
8D1-24 Hose Reel
8D1-25 Air Inlet Door, Scoop, Screen
11-9
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11-10
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11-11
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
8D3-16 Rudder
8D3-17 Shaker
8D3-18 Panel Assembly
8D3-19 Control Box
8D3-20 Motor Control
8D3-21 Switch
8D3-22 Inverter, Synchronizer
8D3-23 Deceleration Parachute
8D3-24 Hoist
8D3-25 Counter
8D3-26 Dimming Control
8D3-27 Sight
8D3-28 Empennage (Stabilizing Tail Assembly)
8D3-29 Camera Control
8D3-30 Overhead Delivery
8D3-31 Detecting System
8D3-32 Wing Flap
8D3-33 Pitch, Roll
8D3-34 Systems
8D4 CONNECTORS, PLUGS, TERMINALS, ETC.
8D4-2 Conduit Assemblies
8D4-3 Rheostats
8D4-4 Plugs
8D4-5 Receptacles
8D5 DYNAMOTORS
8D5-2 0-100 MA
8D5-3 101-200 MA
8D5-4 201-300 MA
8D6 GENERATORS, ENGINE-DRIVEN
8D6-2 1-50 amps
8D6-3 51-100 amps
8D6-4 101-200 amps
8D6-5 201-300 amps
8D6-6 301-400 amps
8D6-7 20 KW
8D6-8 Tachometer Generators
8D7 MOTOR GENERATORS
8D7-2 Voltage Boosters
8D8 HEATERS AND DEFROSTERS
8D8-2 Ignition Heater
8D8-3 501-1000 watts
8D8-4 1001-2000 watts
8D8-5 2001-3000 watts
8D8-6 Purging Heater
8D9 INSTRUMENT PANEL VIBRATORS
8D9-2 0-5 pounds
8D9-3 6-10 pounds
11-12
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11-13
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11-14
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11-15
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
8S6-3 Detector
8S6-4 Temperature Control
8S6-5 Landing Gear Control
8S6-6 Altitude Control
8S6-7 Flight Control
8S7 LIMIT
8S8 LEVER
8S9 RADAR
8S9-2 Electromagnetic
8S9-3 Pressure
8S9-4 Coaxial
8S10 TIMER
8S11 INERTIA (ACCELERATION)
8S12 DECELERATION
8S13 PUSH/PULL
11-16
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 12
CATEGORY 9 - AIRCRAFT AND MISSILE HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC AND
VACUUM SYSTEMS
12.1 GENERAL.
12.1.1 Category 9 contains airborne hydraulic, pneumatic, and vacuum systems. These systems are divided into equipment
series and further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. TO numbers in Category 9 use both three
and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both groups are discussed in paragraph 12.2.
12.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
12.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
12.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series within a system.
12.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character indicating the system, i.e., H - hydraulic systems; P - pneudraulic systems; and V -
vacuum systems.
12.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying the equipment series within a system. These TO
numbering series are outlined in paragraph 12.4.
12.2.2 GROUP TWO. Since TO numbering patterns in Category 9 use both three and four basic groups, the identifiers in
group two are not constant. The following explains both numbering patterns:
12.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two will have one or more numeric characters representing
the model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
12.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in group one, part three, has been
divided into equipment subseries. In this case, group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
12.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 9:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
-8 Test Procedures, Checkout Manuals, or Programmed Tests
12.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 9:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
12-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
12.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment or components. When this occurs the specific types of TOs are then
identified in group four.
12.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described
in paragraph 12.2.3.1, above.
12.3.1 Overhaul instructions for a hydraulic filter for the C-135A aircraft, type G187M-68:
9H3-3-55-3
9 Category 9
H Hydraulic System
3 Filter and Restrictor Series
3 Line Type Filter Subseries
55 Represents Type G187M-68
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
12.3.2 An illustrated parts breakdown for a pressure pump, type MA-2, for C-141A aircraft:
9P4-2-16-24
9 Category 9
P Pneumatic Systems
4 Pump and Compressor Series
2 Pump Subseries
16 Represents Type MA-2
24 Number Reserved for Illustrated Parts Breakdown
12.3.3 Illustrated parts breakdown for a vacuum shut-off valve, PN 2V-750 to be used on multiple aircraft:
9V1-3-7-4
9 Category 9
V Vacuum Systems
1 Valve Series
3 Shutoff Valve Subseries
7 Represents PN 2V-750
4 Number Reserved for Illustrated Parts Breakdown
12-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
12-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
9H8-22 Snubber
9H8-23 Limit
9H8-24 Constant Flow
9H8-25 Gland
9H8-26 Priority
9H8-27 Manifold Distribution
9H8-28 Metering
9H8-29 Slide
9H8-30 Control
9H8-31 Purge
9H8-32 Override
9H8-33 Transfer
9H8-34 Dump
9H8-35 Pilot
9H8-36 Fill
9H8-37 Diverter
9H9 WINDSHIELD WIPERS
9H9-2 Single
9H9-3 Dual
9H10 MOTORS
9H10-2 1000 PSI
9H10-3 3000 PSI
9H10-4 2000 PSI
9H10-5 1600 PSI
9H10-6 4000 PSI
9H11 COUPLINGS
9H12 MODULATOR ASSEMBLIES
9H13 DAMPERS
9H14 COOLERS AND RADIATORS
9H15 STOP ASSEMBLIES
9H16 RESTRICTORS (Use 9H3)
9H17 REGULATORS
9H17-2 Pressure
9H17-3 Control
9H17-4 Power Steering
9H18 MANIFOLD ASSEMBLIES
9H19 COMPENSATOR ASSEMBLIES
9H20 SEPARATORS
9H21 STARTERS
9H22 REELING MACHINES
9H23 GENERATORS
9H24 TRANSFORMERS
9H25 EXTENSIONS
9H26 INTERCONNECTING ASSEMBLIES
9H27 CHANNEL ASSEMBLIES
9H28 DRIVES AND MECHANISMS, DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLIES
9H29 DISCONNECTS
12-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
9P PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS
9P1 ACCUMULATORS AND BOTTLES
9P1-2 Bottle
9P1-3 Accumulator
9P2 CYLINDERS AND ACTUATORS
9P2-2 Landing Gear
9P2-3 Auxiliary
9P2-4 Escape Hatch
9P3 DEHYDRATORS AND CHEMICAL DRYERS
9P3-2 Dehydrator
9P3-3 Chemical Dryer
9P3-4 Mechanical Moisture Separator
9P4 PUMPS AND COMPRESSORS
9P4-2 Pump
9P4-3 Compressor
9P5 VALVES
9P5-2 Relief
9P5-3 Regulator
9P5-4 Quick Disconnect
9P5-5 Shutoff
9P5-6 Filler
9P5-7 Priority
9P5-8 Pressure Reducing and Fuse
9P5-9 Selector
9P5-10 Shuttle
9P5-11 Warning Switch
9P5-12 Check
9P5-13 Restrictor
9P5-14 Control
9P5-15 By-Pass
9P5-16 Metering
9P5-17 Bleed
9P5-18 Starter
9P5-19 Gun Gas Purging
9P5-20 Pressure Operated
9P5-21 Dump
9P5-22 Sequence
9P5-23 Butterfly
9P5-24 Flow Divider
9P6 FILTERS
9P6-2 Liquid
9P6-3 Nitrogen Gas
9P7 DRIVES
9P8 COUPLINGS
9P9 HEAT EXCHANGERS
9P10 REGULATORS
9P10-2 Elevator Control Feel
12-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
9P10-3 Pneudraulic
9P10-4 Pressure
9P11 CONTROLS
9P12 MOTORS
9P13 RELAYS
9P14 RESERVOIRS
9P15 VENTILATION UNITS
9V VACUUM SYSTEMS
9V1 VALVES
9V1-2 Relief
9V1-3 Shutoff
9V1-4 Selector
9V1-5 Regulator
9V2 PUMPS
9V2-2 Engine Driven
9V2-3 Electric Motor Driven
9V3 DECOYS
9V4 FILTERS
9V4-2 Vent
12-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 13
CATEGORY 10 - PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT
13.1 GENERAL.
13.1.1 Category 10 contains twelve primary photographic systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and in
some instances further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. Therefore TO numbers in Category 10
use both three and four groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both groups are discussed in paragraph 13.2.
13.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
13.1.3 Information pertaining to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
13.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series within each system.
13.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character that indicates the photographic equipment system, i.e., A - airborne cameras; B -
ground cameras; C -motion picture cameras; D - projection equipment; E - processing equipment; F - microfilm equipment;
G - photographic kits; H - interpretation and photogrammetric equipment; J - sensitized materials; K - radar assessing
equipment; L - photographic instrumentation equipment; and M - mobile photographic laboratories.
13.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying the equipment series within a system. These TO
numbering series are outlined in paragraph 13.4.
13.2.2 GROUP TWO. Since TO numbering patterns in Category 10 use both three and four basic groups, the identifiers in
group two are not constant. The following explains both numbering patterns:
13.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two will have one or more numeric characters representing
the model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
13.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in group one, part three, has been
divided into equipment subseries. In this case group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN identified in group three.
13.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 10:
13.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 10:
13-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
13.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing
model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment or components. When this occurs the specific types of TOs are then
identified in group four.
13.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described
in paragraph 13.2.3.1.
13.3.1 A service manual for a still picture camera, type KB-18A, for use on RF-4C aircraft:
10A1-6-6-2
10 Category 10
A Airborne Cameras
1 Aircraft Camera Series
6 Strike Camera Subseries
6 Represents Type KB-18A
2 Number Reserved for Service Manuals
10E8-2-19-1
10 Category 10
E Processing Equipment
8 Printer Series
2 Contact Printer Subseries
19 Represents Type Mark II
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
13.3.3 Operating and maintenance instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for a mobile photo laboratory, type ES-
64A:
10M1-7-3-1
10 Category 10
M Photographic Laboratories
1 Mobile Laboratory Series
7 Photo Interpretation Subseries
3 Represents Type ES-64A
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
10 PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT
10A AIRBORNE CAMERAS AND EQUIPMENT
10A1 AIRCRAFT CAMERAS
10A1-2 Gun
10A1-3 Mapping
13-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
13-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
10A7-4 Detector
10A8 PHOTO NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT
10A8-2 Pilot Director
10A8-3 Control System
10A8-3-2 Servo Amplifier
10A8-3-3 Heading Error Compensator
10A8-3-4 Indicator
10A8-3-5 Drift Angle Control Box
10A8-3-6 Tripping Pulse Duration
10A8-4 Converter
10A9 RECONNAISSANCE DEVICES
10A10 DATA DISPLAY SETS
10A11 TEST EQUIPMENT (Use 33D10)
10A12 LIGHT BOXES
10A13 PHOTOMETERS
10A14 ENCODERS
10A15 COOLING UNITS
10A16 CALIBRATORS
10A17 CAMERA PODS
10B GROUND CAMERAS AND EQUIPMENT
10B1 GROUND CAMERAS
10B1-2 16MM (Still)
10B1-3 35MM (Still)
10B1-4 50MM (Still)
10B1-5 3 1/4 X 4 1/4
10B1-6 4X5
10B1-7 8 X 10
10B1-8 Copying
10B1-9 Identification
10B1-10 Data Recording
10B1-11 Oscilloscope
10B1-12 Hand
10B1-13 Tracking
10B2 EXPOSURE METERS
10B3 FLASH UNITS
10B4 LIGHT ASSEMBLIES
10B5 TRIPODS
10B6 STANDS
10B7 VIEWERS
10B8 ELECTRONIC OPTICAL TRACKING SYSTEM
10C MOTION PICTURE CAMERAS AND EQUIPMENT
10C1 CAMERAS
10C1-2 8 MM
10C1-3 16 MM
10C1-4 35 MM
10C1-5 Missile
10C1-6 70 MM
13-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
10C2 CLEANERS
10C3 EDITORS AND VIEWERS
10C4 MACHINE MEASURING EQUIPMENT
10C5 REWIND EQUIPMENT
10C6 SOUND RECORDING EQUIPMENT
10C7 SPLICERS
10C8 TRIPODS AND HEADS
10C9 FILM TITLERS
10C10 SCORING ASSEMBLIES
10C11 BODIES AND MAGAZINES
10C12 COATERS
10C13 HAND HELD CAMERAS
10C14 VIDEO SYSTEMS
10D PROJECTION EQUIPMENT
10D1 PROJECTORS
10D1-2 Motion Picture
10D1-3 Still Picture
10D1-4 Continuous Stereoscopic
10D2 POINTERS (Optical)
10D3 SCREENS
10D4 VIEWERS
10D4-2 Still Picture
10D4-3 Motion Picture
10D4-4 Stereoscopic
10D5 COMPARATORS
10D5-2 Photographic
10E PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
10E1 DEHUMIDIFIERS
10E2 DEVELOPERS AND PROCESSORS
10E3 DRYERS
10E3-2 Film
10E3-3 Print
10E4 HEATERS AND CHILLERS (WATER)
10E5 PROCESSING, EXPOSURE, TEST, AND STAMPING MACHINES
10E5-2 Continuous Processing
10E5-3 Exposure Test
10E5-4 Stamping
10E6 DRY MOUNTING PRESSES
10E7 PHOTOCOPY EQUIPMENT
10E8 PRINTERS
10E8-2 Contact (Manual)
10E8-3 Continuous
10E8-4 Projection
10E9 SINKS
10E10 STRAIGHTENERS
10E11 MIXERS
10E12 TIMERS
13-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
10E12-2 Electrical
10E13 WASHERS
10E14 WRINGERS
10E15 MIXER-DISTRIBUTORS
10E16 CHOPPERS
10E17 EASELS
10E18 LIGHT ASSEMBLIES
10E19 CONTROLS
10E20 MECHANISMS
10E21 CODERS
10E22 SIMULATORS
10E23 REPRODUCERS
10E24 ANALYZERS
10E25 TRANSLATORS
10E26 EJECTOR SETS
10E27 METERS
10E27-2 Sensitometer
10E27-3 Densitometer
10E28 RECTIFIERS
10E29 FOCATRONS
10E30 LIGHT TABLES
10E31 SILVER RECOVERY UNITS
10E32 FILM FINISHING
10E33 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
10E34 DUPLICATORS
10E35 VALVES
10F MICROFILM EQUIPMENT
10F1 CAMERAS
10F2 ENLARGERS MARKING
10F3 READERS
10F4 CUTTERS
10G KITS, PHOTOGRAPHIC-EQUIPMENT
10G1 DARKROOM
10G2 DEHUMIDIFYING
10G3 DEVELOPING
10G4 DRYING
10G5 LABORATORY
10G6 LIGHTING
10G7 MIXER
10G8 NEGATIVE MARKING
10G9 COPYING AND ENLARGING
10G10 PRINTING
10G11 SINK
10G12 TEMPERATURE CONTROL
10G13 WATER SUPPLY
10G14 VECTOGRAPH
10G15 OPTIC
13-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
13-7/(13-8 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 14
CATEGORY 11 - ARMAMENT EQUIPMENT
14.1 GENERAL.
14.1.1 Category 11 contains thirteen armament systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and most of the
systems are further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. Therefore, TO numbers in Category 11
use both three and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both groups are discussed in paragraph
14.2.
NOTE
Nuclear Weapons TO Numbers (subcategory 11N) are not described here. SA-ALC/NWDT is the only
organization authorized to assign 11N series TO numbers (paragraph 1.4.6.1).
14.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
14.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
14.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts that identify the category, system and equipment series within the system.
14.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the armament system, i.e., A - ammunition; B - bombing systems and
equipment; C - chemical warfare agents, explosives, gases and weapons; D - decontamination, impregnating and protective
equipment; E - biological warfare agents; F - fire control systems and equipment; G - guidance and control systems and
equipment; H - hazard detecting equipment; K - guided glide weapons; L - launchers and equipment; P - egress systems,
explosive devices and equipment; R - missile re entry vehicles and equipment; and W - weapons and equipment. Only two of
the 13 systems in Category 11 have associated equipment identified. These two systems are: launchers and equipment, and
weapons and equipment. The associated equipment is identified by adding the alpha A immediately following the armament
system identifier, i.e., LA and WA.
14.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within the system. The TO
numbering series are outlined in paragraph 14.4.
14.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 11 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
14.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two will have one or more numeric characters representing
the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
14.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
14.2.2.3 Bombing systems and fire control systems with JETDS (Joint Electronics Type Designator System) numbers or
Air Force type numbers are numbered in the 11B1 and 11F1 series respectively. The type designator, in this instance, is used
to form group two of the TO number. (See examples in paragraphs 4.3.4 and 4.3.5.)
14.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 11:
14-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
14.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, supplements or other media. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in
Category 11:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
14.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing
model, type or PN assigned to specific component assemblies.
14.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described
in paragraph 14.2.3.1.
11A9-14-7
11 Category 11
A Ammunition
9 Cluster Munition Series
14 Identifies Type CBU-30/A
7 Number Reserved for Storage Instructions
11C15-2-7-1
11 Category 11
C Chemical Warfare Agents, Explosives, Gases and Weapons
15 Tank Series
2 Smoke Tank Subseries
7 Identifies PN 2105220
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
11F12-13-2-3
11 Category 11
F Fire Control Systems
12 Computer Series
13 Target Position Type Subseries
14-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
2 Identifies PN 737511
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
14.3.4 Field maintenance instructions for bombing navigation system, optical and radar, type AN/ASB-15A,B:
11B1-ASB15-2-3
11 Category 11
B Bombing Systems and Equipment
1 Bombing System Series
ASB15 Identifies Type AN/ASB-15
2 Number Reserved for Maintenance Instructions
3 Identifies the Third Section
14.3.5 Field maintenance instructions for fire control system, type MA-8, PN 521E747G8, G9 used on F-105 aircraft.
11F1-MA8-12
11 Category 11
F Fire Control Systems and Equipment
1 Fire Control System Series
MA8 Identifies Type MA-8
12 Number Reserved for Maintenance Instructions
11 ARMAMENT EQUIPMENT
11A MUNITIONS
11A1 BOMBS, EXPLOSIVE
11A2 BOMBS, INCENDIARY
11A3 BOMBS, PRACTICE AND LEAFLET
11A4 BOOSTERS AND BURSTERS
11A5 AERIAL MINES, NON-CLUSTERED
11A6 FINS, BOMB
11A7 FUSES, BOMB
11A8 MISCELLANEOUS GROUND MUNITIONS
11A9 CLUSTER MUNITIONS
11A10 FLARES, MARKERS, SIGNALS, AND SIMULATORS
11A11 ROCKETS AND ROCKET COMPONENTS
11A12 ADAPTERS, CLUSTER-BOMB
11A13 GUN AMMUNITION
11A14 RIOT CONTROL AND SMOKE MUNITIONS
11A15 MISSILE EXPLOSIVE COMPONENTS
11A16 COUNTERMEASURES
11A17 CARGO, PARACHUTE, AND WEAPONS RETARDATION SYSTEMS
11A18 AIRCRAFT STORES JETTISONING, AIRCRAFT STARTING, AND RELATED EXPLO-
SIVE DEVICES
11A19 RIOT CONTROL AIDS
11A20 DEMOLITION MATERIAL AND DESTRUCTIVE DEVICES
11A21 DISPENSERS, FLARE
11A22 EXPLOSIVE DEVICES, TARGET DRONE, AND SPECIAL PURPOSE AIRCRAFT
14-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11A23 IGNITERS
11A24 CARTRIDGES
11B BOMBING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
11B1 BOMBING SYSTEMS
11B1-A Type A
11B1-K Type K
11B1-M Type M
11B2 AMPLIFIERS
11B2-2 AN Type
11B2-3 V Type
11B2-4 Computer
11B2-5 Sealed
11B2-6 Servo
11B2-7 Stabilization
11B2-8 Audio Frequency
11B2-9 Electronic Control
11B2-10 Video
11B2-11 Radar Indicator Sweep
11B2-12 Intermediate Frequency
11B2-13 Current Deflection
11B2-14 Power Supply
11B2-15 Displacement
11B3 ANTENNAS
11B3-2 Radar
11B3-3 Radio
11B4 BANKS
11B4-2 Relay
11B5 BOXES
11B5-2 Control
11B5-3 Junction
11B5-4 Potentiometer
11B5-5 Relay
11B5-6 Fuse
11B6 BRACES
11B6-2 Sway
11B7 COMPARATORS
11B7-2 Type CM
11B7-3 Type GS
11B7-4 Type MA-2
11B7-5 Type AN
11B7-6 Groundspeed and Track
11B8 COMPENSATORS
11B8-2 Transmission Error
11B8-3 Compass
11B9 COMPRESSORS
11B9-2 Air
11B10 COMPUTERS
14-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
14-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
14-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11B21 INDICATORS
11B21-2 Cathode Ray
11B21-3 Group
11B21-4 Meter
11B21-5 Multiple
11B21-6 Position
11B21-7 Dive and Roll
11B21-8 Sight Angle
11B21-9 Checkout
11B21-10 Topographical Comparator
11B21-11 Pilot Ground Track
11B21-12 Clearance
11B21-13 Radar Flight
11B22 INTERCONNECTING GROUP
11B23 SETS
11B23-2 Maintenance Rack
11B23-3 Radar Pressurization
11B24 MODULATORS
11B25 MOUNTINGS
11B25-2 JETDS Nomenclatured
11B26 MOUNTS
11B26-2 Sight
11B28 POWER SUPPLIES
11B28-2 Low Voltage
11B28-3 High Voltage
11B28-4 Analyzer
11B28-5 Auxiliary
11B29 RACKS
11B29-2 Amplifier
11B29-3 Bomb
11B30 RADAR ASSEMBLIES
11B30-2 JETDS Nomenclatured
11B31 RADAR SETS
11B31-2 Type AN/APS
11B31-3 Data Presentation
11B31-4 Type AN/ASB
11B31-5 Type AN/ASQ
11B32 RADIO SETS
11B32-2 JETDS Nomenclature
11B33 RECEIVERS
11B33-2 Radar
11B33-3 Radio
11B34 RECEIVER-TRANSMITTERS
11B34-2 Radar
11B34-3 Radio
11B34-4 Television
11B35 RECEPTACLES
14-7
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
14-8
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
14-9
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11B72-2 Radio
11B72-3 Pitch Angle
11B73 SWITCHES
11B73-2 Waveguide
11B74 DEMODULATORS
11B74-2 Altitude Control
11B75 MOTORS
11B75-2 Comparator
11B75-3 Blower
11B75-4 Drive
11B75-5 Indicator
11B75-6 Servo
11B76 CASES
11B76-2 Motor Gear
11B77 SLINGS
11B78 FRAMES
11B79 DISPLAYS
11B80 INTEGRATORS
11B81 RELEASE MECHANISMS
11B82 CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES
11B83 EVALUATORS
11B84 WAVEGUIDES
11B85 PACKAGES
11B85-2 Data
11B85-3 Camera
11B85-4 Doppler Radar
11B86 CAMERA PACKAGES (Use 11B85-3)
11B87 CHAIN AND HOOK ASSEMBLIES
11B88 ASTROTRACKERS (Use 5N2)
11B89 ALTIMETERS
11B89-2 Radio
11B90 NETWORKS (See 11B51 also)
11B90-2 Camera
11B91 DIGITALIZERS
11B91-2 Data
11B92 FILTERS
11B92-2 Radar
11B92-3 Radio
11B93 SCANNERS
11B94 INFRARED ASSEMBLIES
11B95 ADAPTERS AND PLUG-IN UNITS
11B96 MATRIX ASSEMBLIES
11C CHEMICAL WARFARE AGENTS, EXPLOSIVES, GASES AND WEAPONS
11C1 CHEMICAL WARFARE AGENTS
11C2 CHEMICAL WARFARE BOMBS
11C2-2 Gas
11C2-3 Incendiary
14-10
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11C2-4 Smoke
11C3 CHEMICAL WARFARE EXPLOSIVES
11C4 FLAME THROWERS
11C4-2 Portable
11C4-3 Mechanized
11C5 GASES
11C5-2 Blister
11C5-3 G Series
11C5-4 Mustard and Derivatives
11C5-5 Tear
11C6 GENERATORS
11C6-2 Smoke
11C7 GRENADES
11C7-2 Frangible
11C7-3 Incendiary
11C7-4 Smoke
11C8 HANDLING EQUIPMENT
11C8-2 Containers
11C8-3 Hoists
11C8-4 Kits
11C8-5 Maintenance Sets
11C8-6 Mixing, Transfer Units
11C8-7 Dispensers, Dispersers
11C9 INCENDIARIES
11C9-2 Mixing and Transfer Kits, Fuel
11C9-3 Document Destroyers
11C10 (RESERVED)
11C11 MORTARS
11C12 GENERATORS
11C12-2 Smoke
11C13 SMOKE POTS
11C14 SMOKES
11C14-2 Screening
11C15 TANKS
11C15-2 Smoke
11C15-3 Liquid Agent Spray
11C15-4 Power Spray (Dry)
11C16 DISCHARGERS
11C17 VALVES
11C18 ACTUATOR
11D DECONTAMINATING, IMPREGNATING, AND PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
11D1 DECONTAMINATING EQUIPMENT
11D1-2 Delousing
11D1-3 Portable
11D1-4 Truck Mounted
11D1-5 Skid Mounted
11D1-6 Trailer Mounted
14-11
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
14-12
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
14-13
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11F12-22 Digital
11F12-23 Signal
11F12-24 Armament Control
11F12-25 Programmer
11F13 CONTROLS
11F13-2 Amplifier
11F13-3 Antenna
11F13-4 Console Switching
11F13-5 Hydraulic Range
11F13-6 Indicator
11F13-7 Range
11F13-8 Power Supply
11F13-9 Radar Set
11F13-10 Roll and Pitch
11F13-11 Intervalometer
11F13-12 Remote
11F13-13 Flight Monitor
11F13-14 Computer
11F13-15 Remote Controls (Use 11B13-12)
11F13-16 Automatic Frequency
11F13-17 Missile
11F13-18 Altitude
11F13-19 Selector
11F13-20 Receiver
11F13-21 Roll Rate
11F13-22 Rate of Turn
11F13-23 Positioning
11F13-24 Signal
11F13-25 Intercommunication
11F13-26 Radio Set
11F13-27 Alarm
11F13-28 Coder-Decoder
11F13-29 System
11F13-30 Action Range
11F13-31 Equipment Package
11F13-32 Laser
11F14 CONTROLLERS
11F14-2 Antenna
11F14-3 Gun Sight
11F14-4 Thyration
11F14-5 Altitude Differential
11F14-6 Missile
11F15 CONVERTERS AND GENERATORS
11F15-2 Frequency
11F15-3 Signal Data
11F15-4 Angle Data
11F15-5 Auto Gain Control, Waveform
14-14
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11F15-6 Static
11F16 CORDS
11F17 DESICCATORS
11F17-2 Sight
11F18 FILTERS AND REACTORS
11F19 GRIPS
11F19-2 Ranging Throttle
11F20 GYROSCOPES
11F21 HEADS
11F21-2 Radio Frequency
11F21-3 Sight
11F21-4 Optical
11F22 HORNS
11F22-2 Antenna
11F23 INDICATORS
11F23-2 Cathode Ray
11F23-3 Meter
11F23-4 Target
11F24 INDICATOR CIRCUITS
11F25 KITS
11F25-2 Mounting
11F25-3 Pressurizing
11F25-4 Suppressor
11F25-5 Harmonization
11F26 LINES
11F26-2 Delay
11F26-3 Transmission
11F27 MIXERS
11F27-2 Duplexer
11F27-3 Frequency
11F28 MODULATORS
11F29 MOTORS
11F29-2 AC Induction
11F29-3 Fractional Horsepower
11F29-4 Direct-Current
11F29-5 Hydraulic
11F29-6 Rotating
11F30 MOTOR GENERATORS
11F30-2 Amplidyne
11F30-3 Type PU
11F30-4 Transformer
11F30-5 Pulse Sweep
11F30-6 Amplifier Sweep
11F30-7 Indicator Sweep
11F30-8 Pulse Clock
11F30-9 Radar
11F30-10 Tachometer
14-15
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11F30-11 Induction
11F30-12 Range Function
11F31 MOUNTINGS AND MOUNTS
11F32 PANELS
11F32-2 Control
11F32-3 Test
11F33 POWER SUPPLIES
11F33-2 Amplifier
11F33-3 Computer
11F33-4 Indicator
11F33-5 Low Voltage
11F33-6 Type E-9
11F33-7 Track
11F33-8 Search
11F33-9 Precision
11F33-10 High Voltage
11F33-11 Television
11F33-12 Transistor
11F33-13 Control
11F33-14 Auxiliary
11F33-15 Multiple Voltage
11F33-16 Static Voltage Regulator
11F33-17 Hydraulic
11F34 PUMPS
11F35 RADAR SETS
11F35-2 Gun Laying
11F35-3 Search, Navigation
11F35-4 Track
11F36 RECEIVER-TRANSMITTERS
11F37 REGULATORS
11F37-2 AC Voltage
11F37-3 DC Voltage
11F37-4 Flight Control
11F38 SERVOS
11F38-2 Range
11F38-3 Roll
11F39 SIGHTS
11F39-2 Automatic Computing
11F39-3 Compensating
11F39-4 Non-computing
11F39-5 Interpupillometer
11F39-6 Infrared
11F39-7 Periscope
11F40 SIGHTING STATIONS
11F40-2 Hemisphere
11F40-3 Pedestal
11F40-4 Periscopic
14-16
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11F40-5 Yoke
11F41 SIMULATORS
11F41-2 Gun Sight
11F42 SYNCHRONIZERS
11F43 TEST SETS (Use 33D5)
11F44 TRANSFORMERS
11F44-2 Power
11F44-3 Pulse
11F44-4 Synchronizer
11F45 TRANSMITTERS
11F45-2 Radar
11F45-3 Pressure
11F45-4 Radio
11F45-5 Range
11F45-6 Bearing
11F46 TURRETS
11F47 UNITS
11F47-2 Range
11F47-3 Resolver
11F47-4 Rocket Setting
11F47-5 Sight Drive
11F47-6 Sight Selector
11F47-7 Timer
11F47-8 Switching
11F47-9 Radar Indicator
11F47-10 Electronic Warning
11F47-11 Television Monitor
11F47-12 Logic Control
11F47-13 Display
11F47-14 Alignment
11F47-15 Weapons Delivery Control
11F48 VISORS
11F49 WAVEGUIDES
11F50 DETECTORS
11F50-2 Angle of Attack
11F50-3 Infrared
11F50-4 Laser
11F51 RELAY ASSEMBLIES
11F52 OSCILLATORS
11F53 SUPPRESSORS
11F54 ATTENUATORS
11F55 RACKS
11F55-2 Electrical
11F55-3 Amplifier
11F55-4 Dehydrator, Filter
11F56 POTENTIOMETERS
11F56-2 Radar Equipment
14-17
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11F57 TRANSDUCERS
11F57-2 Pressure
11F58 CABINETS
11F58-2 Utility
11F59 HEATERS
11F59-2 Cabinet
11F60 POINTERS
11F60-2 Line of Sight
11F61 COLUMNS
11F61-2 Control
11F62 COMPENSATORS
11F62-2 Angle of Attack
11F63 COUPLERS
11F64 ADAPTERS (Use 11F3)
11F65 WIND DIRECTION SETS
11F66 FIGHTER MISSILE SYSTEMS
11F67 BOOSTERS
11F68 VALVES
11F69 RECEIVERS
11F70 TUNERS
11F71 RESOLVERS
11F72 MECHANISMS
11F73 TELEVISION CAMERAS
11F74 HANDLES
11F75 TELEVISION SYSTEMS
11F76 MEMORY DEVICES
11F76-2 Register
11F76-3 Drum
11F77 ELECTRONIC CLUTTER SETS
11F78 BARORESISTOR
11F79 COMPARATORS
11F80 DUCT ASSEMBLIES
11F81 SWITCHES
11F81-2 Electronic
11F81-3 Relay
11F81-4 Radio
11F81-5 Pressure
11F81-6 Waveguide
11F82 METERS
11F83 CLUTCHES
11F84 DEMODULATORS
11F85 EVALUATORS
11F86 PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORDERS
11F87 SELECTORS
11F87-2 Target
11F88 MANIFOLDS
11F89 CODER-DECODERS
14-18
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
14-19
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11G8 AMPLIFIERS
11G8-2 Signal
11G8-3 Control
11G8-4 Astrotracker
11G8-5 Platform
11G8-6 Digital
11G8-7 Electronic Control
11G8-8 Magnetic
11G8-9 Power
11G8-10 Servo
11G8-11 Preamplifiers
11G9 POWER SUPPLIES
11G9-2 Electrical
11G9-3 Pneumatic
11G9-4 Hydraulic
11G10 PLATFORMS
11G10-2 Scanner
11G10-3 Stable
11G10-4 Sensing
11G11 GYROSCOPES
11G11-2 Inertial
11G11-3 Vertical
11G11-4 Rate
11G12 ACTUATOR (PACKAGE) ASSEMBLIES
11G12-2 Not Used
11G12-3 Elevon
11G12-4 Stabilizer
11G12-5 Spoiler
11G13 OPERATING MECHANISMS
11G13-2 Spoiler
11G14 INSTRUMENTS
11G14-2 Range Safety
11G14-3 Inertial
11G14-4 Accelerometer
11G15 GIMBAL ASSEMBLIES
11G16 SWITCH ASSEMBLIES
11G17 RACKS
11G17-2 Electrical
11G17-3 Electronic
11G18 PANELS
11G18-2 Electrical
11G19 CELESTIAL NAVIGATION
11G19-2 Astrotrackers
11G20 CONVERTERS
11G21 PROGRAMMERS
11G22 UNITS
11G22-2 Transfer
14-20
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
14-21
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
14-22
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11P1 CATAPULTS
11P2 EJECTORS
11P3 INITIATORS AND TIMERS
11P3-2 Delay
11P3-3 Instant
11P4 REMOVERS (CANOPY)
11P5 SQUIBS AND BLASTING CAPS
11P6 THRUSTERS
11P7 CARTRIDGES
11P8 FIRING MECHANISMS
11P9 GENERATORS, MOTORS, ACTUATORS
11P10 RETRACTORS
11P11 BOOMS
11P12 CUTTERS AND BOLTS
11P13 TRANSMITTERS
11P14 INERTIAL REELS
11P15 DEPLOYMENT GUNS (DROGUE GUN)
11P16 FUSES
11P17 LEAD ASSEMBLIES
11P18 MANIFOLDS
11P19 EXPLOSIVE KITS
11P20 SINGLE POINT HARNESS RELEASES
11P21 SEVERANCE SYSTEMS
11P22 SEQUENCE SELECTORS
11R MISSILE RE-ENTRY VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT (Do not use)
11W WEAPONS AND EQUIPMENT
11W1 AIRBORNE WEAPONS AND EQUIPMENT
11W1-2 Adapter
11W1-3 Booster
11W1-4 Charger
11W1-5 Chute
11W1-6 Container
11W1-7 Feeder
11W1-8 Gauge
11W1-9 Generator
11W1-10 Grip
11W1-11 Heater
11W1-12 Heavy Caliber Gun
11W1-13 Light Caliber Gun
11W1-14 Machine
11W1-15 Mount
11W1-16 Pyrotechnic
11W1-17 Solenoid
11W1-18 Switch
11W1-19 Synchronizer
11W1-20 Tool (Breech Block Unlocking)
11W1-21 Valve
14-23
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11W1-22 Winder-Feeder
11W1-23 Recoil
11W1-24 Charger
11W1-25 Rack
11W1-26 Tool (Ammo Reel Loading)
11W1-27 Control
11W1-28 Gun Drive
11W1-29 Assembly
11W1-30 Counter
11W1-31 Armament Pod
11W1-32 Armament Module
11W1-33 Armament System
11W1-34 Armament Kit
11W1-35 Drum Drive
11W1-36 Lubricator
11W1-37 Expended Case Bin
11W2 GROUND WEAPONS AND EQUIPMENT
11W2-2 Activator
11W2-3 Bayonet and Knife
11W2-4 Clinometer
11W2-5 Heavy Caliber Gun
11W2-6 Light Caliber Gun
11W2-7 Machines, Repositioning- and Linking-
11W2-8 Mount
11W2-9 Pyrotechnic
11W2-10 Quadrant
11W2-11 Self-Propelled
11W2-12 Rack
11W2-13 Sight
11W2-14 Slide Rule
11W2-15 Sniperscope
11W2-16 Solenoid
11W2-17 Adapter
11W2-18 Director
11W3 SMALL ARMS
11W3-2 Carbine
11W3-3 Pistol
11W3-3-2 .22 Caliber
11W3-3-3 .45 Caliber
11W3-3-4 9MM
11W3-4 Revolver
11W3-4-2 .38 Caliber
11W3-4-3 .45 Caliber
11W3-5 Rifle
11W3-5-2 .22 Caliber
11W3-5-3 .30 Caliber
11W3-5-4 7.62MM
14-24
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
11W3-5-5 5.56MM
11W3-6 Shotgun
11W3-6-2 12-Gauge
11W3-6-3 16-Gauge
11W3-7 Submachine Gun
11W3-8 Line Throwing Gun
11W3-9 Grenade Launcher
11WA WEAPONS ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
11WA1 FIRING TABLES
11WA1-2 Heavy Caliber
11WA1-3 Light Caliber
11WA1-4 Mortar
11WA1-5 Rifle
11WA2 CAMOUFLAGE EQUIPMENT
11WA3 POWER UNIT
14-25/(14-26 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 15
CATEGORY 12 - AIRBORNE ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
15.1 GENERAL.
15.1.1 Much of the equipment covered by TOs in this category is identified under the Joint Electronics Type Designation
System (JETDS). The JETDS, formerly known as the AN nomenclature system, is described in MIL-STD-196D.
15.1.2 Category 12 contains seven primary airborne electronic equipment systems. These systems are divided into
equipment series and further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. TO numbers in Category 12 use
both three and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both groups are discussed in paragraph 15.2.
15.1.3 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
15.1.4 Information relating to more than one equipment series is numbered in the system general series.
15.1.5 General TOs for JETDS equipment are described in paragraph 1.23.
15.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series within the system.
15.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the electronic system, i.e., A - synchros and resolvers; C - crystal units;
M - meteorological equipment; P - radar equipment; R - radio equipment; and S - special electronic equipment.
15.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within a system. The TO
numbering series is outlined in paragraph 15.4.
15.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 12 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following explains both numbering patterns:
15.2.2.1 If the equipment types are JETDS nomenclatured, only three basic groups are used in the TO number. The numeric
2 followed immediately by an alphameric JETDS nomenclature comprises group two.
15.2.2.2 If the equipment types are Signal Corps nomenclatured, three basic groups are used in the TO number. The
numeric 3 followed immediately by an alphameric Signal Corps nomenclature comprises group two.
15.2.2.3 If the equipment types are Air Force nomenclatured, three basic groups are used in the TO number. The numeric 5
followed immediately by an alphameric AF nomenclature comprises group two.
15.2.2.4 Where the equipment types are commercially nomenclatured, four basic groups are used in the TO number and the
numeric 4 is the only character in group two.
15.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 12:
15-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
15.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 12:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
15.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment or components. When this occurs the specific types of TOs are then
identified in group four.
15.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described
in paragraph 15.2.3.1, above.
15.3.1 A service instruction manual with illustrated parts breakdown for a radiosonde receiver, model RC-1074:
12M1-4-9-2
12 Category 12
M Meteorological Equipment
1 Auxiliary Equipment Series
4 Identifies Commercial Data
9 Represents Model RC-1074
2 Number Reserved for Service Instruction
15.3.2 Illustrated parts breakdown for a terrain following radar set, type AN/APQ-128:
12P2-2APQ128-34
12 Category 12
P Radar Equipment
2 Control Equipment Series
2 JETDS Nomenclature Equipment
APQ128 Identifies Specific Terrain Following Radar Set
34 Number Reserved for Illustrated Parts Breakdown
15.3.3 Operating and maintenance instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for electronic countermeasure set, type
QRC-128A(T):
12P3-5QRC128-1
12 Category 12
P Radar Electronic Equipment
3 Electronic Countermeasure Series
5 JETDS Nomenclature Equipment
QRC128 Identifies Specific Electronic Countermeasure Set
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
15.3.4 Operating and maintenance instructions and illustrated parts breakdown for an airborne radio set, type AN/ARC-59:
15-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
12R2-2ARC59-1
12 Category 12
R Radio Equipment
2 Communication Series
2 JETDS Nomenclature Equipment
ARC59 Identifies a Specific Radio Set
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
12 AIRBORNE-ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
12A SYNCHRONIZERS AND RESOLVERS
12A1 SYNCHRONIZERS
12A2 RESOLVERS
12C CRYSTAL UNITS
12M METEOROLOGICAL-ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT, AIRBORNE
12M1 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
12M1-2 JETDS Nomenclature
12M1-3 Signal Corps Nomenclature
12M1-4 Commercial Nomenclature
12M1-5 AF Nomenclature
12M2 BAROMETRIC
12M2-2 JETDS Nomenclature
12M2-3 Signal Corps Nomenclature
12M2-4 Commercial Nomenclature
12M2-5 AF Nomenclature
12M3 TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY
12M3-2 JETDS Nomenclature
12M3-3 Signal Corps Nomenclature
12M3-4 Commercial Nomenclature
12M3-5 AF Nomenclature
12M4 WIND DIRECTION AND VELOCITY
12M4-2 JETDS Nomenclature
12M4-3 Signal Corps Nomenclature
12M4-4 Commercial Nomenclature
12M4-5 AF Nomenclature
12M5 ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH
12M5-2 JETDS Nomenclature
12M5-3 Signal Corps Nomenclature
12M5-4 Commercial Nomenclature
12M5-5 AF Nomenclature
12P RADAR-ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
12P1 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
12P1-2 JETDS Nomenclature
12P1-3 Signal Corps Nomenclature
12P1-4 Commercial Nomenclature
12P1-5 AF Nomenclature
12P2 CONTROLS
15-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
15-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
15-5/(15-6 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 16
CATEGORY 13 - AIRCRAFT FURNISHINGS AND IN-FLIGHT FEEDING
EQUIPMENT, CARGO LOADING, AERIAL DELIVERY AND RECOVERY
EQUIPMENT, AIRCRAFT FIRE DETECTION AND EXTINGUISHING
EQUIPMENT
16.1 GENERAL.
16.1.1 Category 13 contains five primary systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and most of the systems
are further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. Therefore TO numbers in Category 13 use both
three and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both groups are discussed in paragraph 16.2.
16.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
16.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
16.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series within the system.
16.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the system, i.e., A - aircraft furnishings; B - in-flight feeding equipment;
C - cargo loading, tiedown and aerial delivery equipment; D - recovery equipment; and F - aircraft fire detection and
extinguishing equipment.
16.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within a system. The TO
numbering series is outlined in paragraph 16.4.
16.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 13 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
16.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two has one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
16.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
16.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 13:
16-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
16.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 13:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
16.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
16.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described
in paragraph 16.2.3.1, above.
16.3.1 An operation and service instruction manual for a food warming oven, model 200:
13B1-8-1
13 Category 13
B In-Flight Feeding Equipment
1 Food Warming Ovens
8 Represents Model 200
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
16.3.2 An operating and maintenance manual for a cargo restraint barrier, type HBU-8/A:
13C2-5-1
13 Category 13
C Cargo Loading Equipment
2 Cargo Tiedown Devices
5 Represents Type HBU-8/A
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
16.3.3 Overhaul instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for an aircraft fire extinguisher, PN 7720082-101:
13F3-4-13
13 Category 13
F Aircraft Fire Detecting and Extinguishing Equipment
3 Fixed Extinguishing System Series
4 Represents PN 7720082-101
13 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
16-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
16-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
13C7-2 Truck
13C7-3 Trailer
13C7-4 Motor
13C7-5 Welding Set
13C7-6 Tractor
13C7-7 Water Purification Equipment
13C7-8 Electric Tool Set
13C7-9 Shelter
13C7-10 Infantry Weapon
13C7-11 Bridge
13C7-12 Rocket System
13C7-13 Reeling Machine
13C7-14 Radio Set
13C7-15 Air Compressor
13C7-16 Weapon Carrier
13C7-17 Water Tank
13C7-18 Ammunition
13C7-19 Rations, Petroleum, Oil and Lubricant
13C7-20 Spat Gun
13C7-21 Rotary Tiller
13C7-22 Missile, Rocket
13C7-23 Beacon Light
13C7-24 Crane
13C7-25 Ambulance
13C7-26 Road Roller
13C7-27 Scraper, Grader
13C7-28 Boat
13C7-29 Wrecker
13C7-30 Army Aircraft (Use 13C7-51)
13C7-31 Bucket Loader
13C7-32 Rocket Launcher, Platform
13C7-33 Mixer
13C7-34 Medical Supply
13C7-35 Warhead
13C7-36 Instrument
13C7-37 Container
13C7-38 Transporter
13C7-39 Bulk Materiel
13C7-40 Generator Set
13C7-41 Bath Unit
13C7-42 Anti-Tank Weapon
13C7-43 Test Set
13C7-44 Amp Kit
13C7-45 M-55 Rocket (Use 13C7-22)
13C7-46 M-66 Rocket (Use 13C7-22)
13C7-47 Atomic Weapon
13C7-48 Radar Set
16-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
16-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
16-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 17
CATEGORY 14 - DECELERATION DEVICES, PERSONAL AND SURVIVAL
EQUIPMENT
17.1 GENERAL.
17.1.1 Category 14 contains three systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and most of the systems are
further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. Therefore TO numbers in Category 14 use both three
and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both groups are discussed in paragraph 17.2.
17.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
17.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
17.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series within the system.
17.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying one of the three systems, i.e., D - deceleration devices; P - personal
equipment; and S - survival equipment.
17.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within a system. The TO
numbering series are outlined in paragraph 17.4.
17.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 14 use both three and four groups; therefore, the identifiers in
group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
17.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two has one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
17.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case group two identifies the specific equipment subseries with one or more
numeric characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
17.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 14:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
-7 Installation Instructions
17.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 14:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
17-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
17.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
17.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described
in paragraph 17.2.3.1, above.
17.3.1 Inspection, maintenance and packing instructions for USAF personnel parachute, PN 811058-401:
14D1-2-1-106
14 Category 14
D Deceleration Devices
1 Parachute Series
2 Personnel Subseries
1 Represents PN 811058-401
106 Number Reserved for Inspection Requirements
17.3.2 Operations, service and repair instructions for a high altitude helmet, type MA-2:
14P3-4-21
14 Category 14
P Personal Equipment
3 Clothing Series
4 Represents Helmet Type MA-2
21 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
14S3-6-2-2
14 Category 14
S Survival Equipment
3 Life Raft Series
6 Seven Man Series
2 Represents PN D23810-103
2 Number Reserved for Maintenance Instructions
17-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
14P3-2 Boots
14P3-3 Gloves
14P3-4 Helmet
14P3-5 Suit, Anti-Exposure
14P3-6 Suit, Pneumatic
14P3-7 Suit and Accessories, Heated
14P3-8 Suit, Flying Nonheated
14P3-9 Sun Glasses
14P3-10 Flying Jackets
14P3-11 Protective
14P3-12 Support Pads
14P4 MASKS, GAS
14P5 RESPIRATORS
14P6 ARMOR
14S SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT
14S1 KITS, EMERGENCY
14S2 PRESERVERS, (LIFE JACKETS)
14S2-2 Vest, Inflated
14S2-3 Underarm
14S2-4 Infant Floating Cot
14S3 RAFTS, LIFE
14S3-2 One Man
14S3-3 Four and Six Man
14S3-4 20 Man
14S3-5 25 Man
14S3-6 Seven Man
14S3-7 46 Man
14S3-8 12 Man
14S4 REPELLANTS-OINTMENTS
14S5 BREATHING UNITS
14S6 RESCUE SEATS
14S7 CONTAINERS (FOOD)
14S8 FLOTATION ASSEMBLIES (BAG)
14S9 SKYANCHORS (HOOKS)
14S10 LIGHTS
14S11 PUMPS
17-3/(17-4 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 18
CATEGORY 15 - AIRCRAFT AND MISSILE TEMPERATURE CONTROL,
PRESSURIZING, AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING, ICE ELIMINATING AND
OXYGEN EQUIPMENT
18.1 GENERAL.
18.1.1 Category 15 contains five systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and most of the systems are
further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. Therefore, TO numbers in Category 15 use both three
and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both groups are discussed in paragraph 18.2.
18.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
18.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
18.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts which identify the category, system, and equipment series within a system.
18.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying one of five systems, i.e., A - air conditioning and pressurizing equipment;
E - ice eliminating equipment; H - cabin heating equipment; M - missile temperature control equipment; and X - aircraft
oxygen systems and equipment.
18.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within the system. The TO
numbering series are outlined in paragraph 18.4.
18.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 15 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
18.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two will have one or more numeric characters representing
the model, type or PN assigned to a specific component.
18.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
18.2.3.1 If the TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 15:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
-7 Installation Instructions and Installation Test Procedures
-8 Test Procedures, Checkout Manuals, or Programmed Tests
18.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 15:
18-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
18.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to a specific component.
18.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described
in paragraph 18.2.3.1, above.
18.3.1 Overhaul instructions for an aircraft cabin air pressure regulator, PN 102166-1:
15A1-4-13-3
15 Category 15
A Air-Conditioning and Pressurizing Equipment
1 Regulator Series
4 Air Pressure Regulator Subseries
13 Represents PN 102166-1
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
15E3-2-17-4
15 Category 15
E Ice Eliminating Equipment
3 Control Series
2 Electric Control Subseries
17 Represents PN A14A9718
4 Number Reserved for Illustrated Parts Breakdown
18.3.3 Overhaul instructions with parts breakdown for an oxygen breathing mask assembly, PN 249-350:
15X5-4-5-3
15 Category 15
X Aircraft Oxygen Systems and Equipment
5 Oxygen Mask Series
4 Pressure Demand Subseries
5 Represents PN 249-350
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
18-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
18-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
18-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
15E9 EJECTORS
15H CABIN HEATING EQUIPMENT
15H1 HEATERS
15H1-2 Combustion
15H1-3 Electric
15H2 PUMPS
15H2-2 Vane
15H2-3 Cam
15H2-4 Air Driven
15H3 BLOWERS
15H3-2 Fan
15H4 IGNITION UNITS
15H4-2 Vibrator
15H5 VALVES
15H5-2 Control
15H5-3 Butterfly
15H5-4 Check
15H6 THERMOSTATS
15H6-2 Control
15H6-3 Anticipator
15H6-4 Fuel
15H6-5 Air
15H7 IMPELLERS
15M MISSILE TEMPERATURE CONTROL EQUIPMENT
15M1 COOLING SYSTEMS
15M2 VALVES
15M2-2 Check
15M2-3 Control
15M3 HEAT EXCHANGERS
15M4 FANS AND BLOWERS
15M5 CONTROLS
15X AIRCRAFT OXYGEN SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
15X1 SUPPLY CYLINDERS
15X1-2 Low Pressure
15X1-3 High Pressure
15X1-4 Emergency Bailout
15X1-5 Cylinder, Valve Assembly
15X2 CONVERTERS, LIQUID-OXYGEN
15X2-2 5-Liter Capacity
15X2-3 25-Liter Capacity
15X2-4 8-Liter Capacity
15X2-5 20-Liter Capacity
15X2-6 10-Liter Capacity
15X2-7 75-Liter Capacity
15X2-8 15-Liter Capacity
15X3 GAUGES, OXYGEN
15X3-2 Gaseous
18-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
18-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 19
CATEGORY 16 - AIRBORNE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
19.1 GENERAL.
19.1.1 Category 16 contains seven mechanical systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and most of the
systems are further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. Therefore TO numbers in Category 16
use both three and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both forms are discussed in paragraph
19.2.
19.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
19.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
19.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system, and the equipment series within the
system.
19.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the mechanical systems, i.e., A - actuators; C - control units; G - gear
box, drive and screwjack assemblies; K - release mechanisms; L - lock and latching mechanisms; R - regulating mechanisms;
and W - structural components. Associated equipment for these systems are identified by adding the alpha A immediately
following the mechanical system identifier, e.g., GA.
19.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within a system. The TO
numbering series are outlined in paragraph 19.4.
19.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 16 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
19.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two will have one or more numeric characters representing
the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
19.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
19.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 16:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-7 Installation Instructions
19.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 16:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
19-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
19.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing
model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
19.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described
in paragraph 19.2.3.1, above.
16C1-27-12-12
16 Category 16
19.3.2 Overhaul instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for ball nut and screw assembly, PN B-1142:
16G3-2-32-3
16 Category 16
G Mechanical Gear Box, Drive and Screwjack Assemblies
3 Screwjack Mechanism Series
2 Screwjack Assembly Subseries
32 Represents PN B-1142
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
16W6-18-3
16 Category 16
W Structural Components
6 Pylon Assembly Series
18 Represents PN 223-68327
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
19-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
19-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
19-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
16R1 REGULATORS
16R1-2 Cable Tension
16R1-3 Quadrant
16R1-4 Canopy Seal
16R1-5 Control Box
16R1-6 Linkage Assembly
16W STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS (AIRFRAME)
16W1 WINDOW ASSEMBLIES
16W1-2 Window
16W2 CANOPY ASSEMBLIES
16W3 DOOR ASSEMBLIES
16W4 CAPSULE ASSEMBLIES
16W5 RADOME ASSEMBLIES
16W6 PYLON ASSEMBLIES
16W7 PANEL ASSEMBLIES
16W8 CARRIAGE AND SHACKLE ASSEMBLIES
16W9 BODY ASSEMBLIES
16W10 COUNTERBALANCE ASSEMBLIES
16W11 PLATE ASSEMBLIES
16W12 SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES
16W13 SNUBBERS
16W14 DUCT ASSEMBLIES
16W15 RAIL ASSEMBLIES
16W16 CASE AND CARTRIDGE ASSEMBLIES
16W17 DASHPOT ASSEMBLIES
16W18 COUNTERPOISE ASSEMBLIES
16W19 ENGINE MOUNT ASSEMBLIES
16W20 FLARE BOXES
16W21 MISSILE SPACERS
16W22 PIN ASSEMBLIES
16W23 SEAL ASSEMBLIES
16W24 REVERSER ASSEMBLIES
16W25 BEARINGS
16W26 RACK AND MOUNT ASSEMBLIES
16W27 CONSOLES
16W28 EXHAUST VALVES
16W29 TUBES
16W30 BATTERY BOX ASSEMBLIES
16W31 NACELLE VENTILATION EJECTORS
16W32 LEADING EDGE ASSEMBLIES (WING)
16W33 ARRESTING GEAR ASSEMBLIES
16W34 TANK ASSEMBLIES
16W35 ADAPTER ASSEMBLIES
16W36 LINERS
16W37 COVERS
16W38 CONTROL COLUMN ASSEMBLIES
16W39 CONNECTING LINKS
19-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
19-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 20
CATEGORY 21 - GUIDED MISSILES
20.1 GENERAL.
20.1.1 Technical data numbered in the missile category includes operations manuals, organization (on site) maintenance
instructions, inspection requirements, overhaul instructions and specified procedures relating to missiles. TO numbers
incorporate the missile type or mission, model and production series, which groups types of missile data accordingly.
20.1.2 Technical information pertaining to more than one type of missile is numbered in the category general series. Since
the data pertains to more than one type of missile, TO numbers assigned in the category general series do not reflect the
missile type, model or production series. A manual entitled, “Plating Procedures for the AIM-4 and the LGM-30” would be
numbered as follows:
21M-1-107
21 Category 21
M Missile
1 Category General Series
107 Serialized Manual Number
20.1.3 TOs pertaining to more than one model of a specific type of missile are numbered in the general series of that missile
type. An operational manual relating to the AIM-4 and the AIM-26 would be numbered as follows:
21M-AIM-101
21 Category 21
M Missile
AIM Air Launched, Intercept Aerial, Missile
101 Serialized Manual Number
20.1.4 Technical information pertaining to more than one production series of a missile model is numbered in the first
production series. A field checkout instruction for the AIM-4A, AIM-4D and AIM-4G would be numbered in the “A”
production series.
20.1.5 TOs for earlier guided missiles are numbered as described in paragraphs 20.2 and 20.3. TOs for the M-X and later
guided missile systems are numbered as described in paragraphs 20.4 and 20.5.
20.2.1 GROUP ONE. In Category 21, the first group has only two parts, identifying the category, and a designator
indicating missiles.
20.2.2 GROUP TWO. This group can have either two or three parts. If two parts are used, the missile type and model only
are identified. This normally means the TO contains general information pertaining to all production series of a specific
missile type and model. In most cases, three parts are used in group three, indicating the missile type, model and production
series.
20.2.2.1 Part one is composed of three alpha characters. The first alpha character identifies the missile launch environment;
the second indicates the basic mission of the missile; and the third describes the missile vehicle type. The following listing
outlines these alpha designators as established by AFR 82-1:
20-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
LAUNCH ENVIRONMENT
A - Air
B - Multiple
C - Coffin
F - Individual
G - Runway
H - Silo Stored
L - Silo Launched
M - Mobile
P - Soft Pad
R - Ship
U - Underwater
BASIC MISSION
D – Decoy
E — Special Electronic Installation
G — Surface Attack
I — Intercept Aerial
Q — Drone
T — Training
U — Underwater Attack
W — Weather
VEHICLE TYPE
M — Guided Missile/Drone
20.2.2.2 Part two contains one or more numeric characters identifying the missile model number.
20.2.2.3 Part three is an alpha character indicating the missile production series. The first production series of a particular
missile is designated with the alpha A, the second with the alpha B and continuing through the alphabet as required.
20.2.2.4 It is possible that a fourth part may be required for group two in order to identify a missile production
configuration. If this becomes a requirement, the production configuration identifier (PCI) will be an alpha character
immediately following the production series identifier. The alpha A is reserved to indicate USAF missile configurations and
the remainder of the alphabet will be used for those configurations produced for foreign countries. Although the alpha A is
reserved to identify USAF missile configurations, no specific alpha character will be associated with or reserved for missile
configurations for a particular foreign country.
20.2.3 GROUP THREE. In Category 21, the third group primarily identifies the type of inspection, instruction, or
procedure. This can be accomplished by either one or two parts.
20.2.3.1 Part one consists of one or more numeric characters reserved to indicate a specific type of TO. The following is a
list of reserved numbers authorized for use in Category 21:
20-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
20.2.3.2 Part two. In some instances some of the reserved numbers listed in part one, above, are followed by one or more
alpha characters indicating a series of checklists, workcards, supplements, and other media. The following lists the alpha
characters authorized for use in Category 21:
CL - Checklist
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
WS - Worksheets
20.2.4 GROUP FOUR. This group consists of one or more numeric characters identifying sections of a sectionalized
manual or indicating the series number of specific TO data in a series of inspections, supplements, or functions.
20.2.5 Group Five. When required, this group contains one or more numeric characters indicating a further sectionalization
or serialization of a TO.
21M-AIM9E-06
21 Category 21
M Missiles
AIM Air Intercept Missile
9 Missile Model Number
E Production Series
06 Number Reserved for Work Unit Code Manual
21M-AGM12C-6
21 Category 21
M Missiles
AGM Air-to-Ground Missile
12 Missile Model Number
C Production Series
6 Number Reserved for Inspection Requirements
20-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
21M-LGM30A-3
21 Category 21
M Missiles
LGM Launched Ground Missiles
30 Missile Model Number
A Product Series
3 Number Reserved for Structural Repair Manuals
20.4.1 To eliminate redundancy, TO numbers for future missiles will be shortened by eliminating the M in category
designator 21M and by eliminating the M in model designators such as LGM. These codes are redundant, since only missile
TOs appear in Category 21.
20.4.2 Using shortened TO numbers will be effective with the LGM-118A and future missile designs. Use of the former
numbering practice will continue for earlier designated missiles. Existing TOs in Category 21 will not be renumbered for the
sole purpose of shortening the TO numbers.
20.4.3 The following is an example of this method applied to an organizational maintenance instruction for launch facility
and launch control facility environmental control system for the LGM-118A missile:
21-LG118A-2-7-4
21 Identifies Missile Category
L Silo Launch Environment
G Surface Attack Mission
118 Design Number
A Design Series
2 Maintenance Manual
7 Launch Facility and Launch Control Facility Environmental Control System
4 Designates Specific Installation
20-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 21
CATEGORY 22 - AEROSPACE VEHICLES
21.1 GENERAL.
21.1.1 TO data numbered in this category identifies operational, organizational maintenance, inspection and procedures
related to aerospace vehicles and systems. Aerospace vehicles are either manned or unmanned flight vehicles operating in the
atmosphere or space environment. TO numbers incorporate the aerospace vehicle type and model or the aerospace system
which identifies family groups according to mission or function.
21.1.2 Information pertaining to more than one aerospace vehicle is numbered in the category general series. Numbers
assigned in this section do not contain the aerospace vehicle type and model in the TO number.
21.1.3 TOs pertaining to only one type of aerospace vehicle but containing information relative to more than one vehicle
model within that type, will be numbered in the general series of the aerospace vehicle type.
21.1.4 TO data pertaining to more than one production series of an aerospace vehicle model will be numbered in the first
series, i.e., operational data applicable to the MER-6A, MER-6B and MER-6C would be numbered as 22R-MER6A-1.
21.2.1 GROUP ONE. With the exception of the Category 22 general series TO numbers, the first group of the TO
numbering pattern for aerospace TOs consists of a numeric 22, denoting Category 22, and an alpha character identifying one
of five aerospace systems, i.e., R - rockets; G - boosters; J - spacecraft; P - probes; and S - satellites.
21.2.2 GROUP TWO. The second group of the TO number contains the aerospace vehicle type, model and production
series; or an L system which is used in the aerospace program.
21.2.3.1 In this category the third group of the numbering pattern identifies the type of TOs by using a number reserved for
each type. The following is a list of reserved numbers authorized for Category 22:
21.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating
checklists, workcards, supplements or other media. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 22:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
WS - Worksheets
21-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
22R-MER6A-1
22 Category 22
R Rockets
MER Rocket Type
6 Rocket Model Number
A Production Series A
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
21.3.2 An illustrated parts breakdown for the 494L system used in the aerospace program:
22R-494L-4
22 Category 22
R Rockets
494L L System identification
4 Number Reserved for Illustrated Parts Breakdown
21-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 22
CATEGORY 31 - GROUND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
22.1 GENERAL.
22.1.1 Much of the equipment covered by TOs in this category is identified under the Joint Electronics Type Designation
System (JETDS). The JETDS, which was formerly known as the AN Nomenclature System, is described in MIL-STD-196D.
22.1.2 Category 31 contains seven primary ground electronic equipment systems. These systems are divided into equipment
series; some are further divided into equipment subseries within the equipment series. TO numbers in Category 31 use both
three and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both forms are discussed in paragraph 22.2.
22.1.3 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
22.1.4 Information relating to more than one equipment series is numbered in the system general series.
22.1.5 General TOs for JETDS equipment are described in paragraph 1.23.
22.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series within a system.
22.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the electronic equipment system, i.e., M - meteorological equipment; P -
radar equipment; R - radio equipment; S - special electronic equipment; W - wire fixed electronic equipment; X - missile
ground operational equipment; and Z - systems and site equipment. Missile ground operational equipment is the only system
in Category 31 that has associated equipment. Its associated equipment is identified by XA.
NOTE
Although numerous TOs are currently numbered in the 31X and 31XA series, these series will not be used for
numbering new TOs. Future TOs for missile ground operational equipment will be numbered in appropriate
functional equipment systems of Category 31.
22.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within a system. The TO
numbering series is outlined in paragraph 22.4.
22.2.2 GROUP TWO. The several numbering patterns currently used in Category 31 are most conspicuous in the group two
numbering configurations. Numbering patterns are as follows:
22.2.2.1 This paragraph covers numbering patterns for 31M, 31P, 31R, 31S and 31W systems. The numbering patterns use
both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers in group two are not constant.
22.2.2.1.1 If the equipment types are JETDS nomenclatured, three basic groups are used in the TO number. The numeric 2
followed immediately by an alphameric JETDS nomenclature comprises group two.
22.2.2.1.2 If the equipment types are Signal Corps nomenclatured, three basic groups are used in the TO number. The
numeric 3 followed immediately by an alphameric Signal Corps nomenclature comprises group two.
22.2.2.1.3 If the equipment types are Air Force nomenclatured, three basic groups are used in the TO number. The numeric
5 followed immediately by an alphameric AF nomenclature comprises group two.
22.2.2.1.4 If the equipment types are commercially nomenclatured (not JETDS, Signal Corps, or AF), four basic groups are
used in the TO number. The numeric 4 is the only character in group two.
22.2.2.2 This paragraph covers numbering patterns for the 31X system which uses both three and four basic groups.
22.2.2.2.1 The numbering pattern for basic equipment TOs in the 31X System uses four basic groups. In this case one or
more numeric characters in group two identify the equipment subseries.
22-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
22.2.2.2.2 The numbering pattern for associated equipment TOs (indicator 31XA) uses only three basic groups. In this case
one or more numeric characters in group two represent the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
22.2.2.3 The numbering pattern for 31Z series TOs uses three basic groups. Group two, with one or more numeric
characters, identifies AFCS (formerly GEEIA) Engineering-Installation Standards or a specific system, site, facility or special
project. The type of TO is identified in group three as described in paragraph 22.2.3.1, below.
22.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 31:
22.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, supplements or other media. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in
Category 31:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
22.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing
model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment or components. When this occurs the specific type of TO is then identified
in group four.
22.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described
in paragraph 22.2.3.1.
22.3.1 Operating and maintenance instructions for timing and telephone set, type ML-110:
31M1-3ML110-1
31 Category 31
M Meteorological Equipment
1 Auxiliary Meteorological Equipment Series
3 Identifies Signal Corps Nomenclatured Items
ML110 Identifies Specific Signal Corps Nomenclatured Item
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
22.3.2 Operating instructions with service instructions and illustrated parts breakdown for radio transmitter model TCS-4B:
22-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
31R2-4-153-1
31 Category 31
R Radio Equipment
2 Communication Series
4 Commercial Nomenclatured Items
153 Represents Model TCS-4B
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
22.3.3 Operating and service instructions for a combat reporting center, type AN/TSQ-91:
31S1-2TSQ91-1
31 Category 31
S Special Electronic Equipment
1 Auxiliary Equipment Series
2 Identifies JETDS Nomenclatured Items
TSQ91 Identifies Specific JETDS Nomenclatured Item
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
22.3.4 Illustrated parts breakdown for missile ground checkout equipment generator PN 55-11387:
31X2-9-16-4
31 Category 31
X Missile Ground Operational Equipment
2 Checkout Equipment Series
9 Generator Subseries
16 Represents PN 55-11387
4 Number Reserved for Illustrated Parts Breakdown
22.3.5 Service instructions for mobile single sideband high frequency medium power facility, communication central, type
AN/TSC-40, facility 691:
31Z3-691-2
31 Category 31
Z Ground Defense Systems
3 Facility Publications Series
691 Identifies Facility 691
2 Number Reserved for Service Instructions
31 GROUND-ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
31M METEOROLOGICAL-ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
31M-10 AFCS Engineering - Installation (formerly GEEIA) Standards
31M1 AUXILIARY
31M1-2 JETDS Nomenclature
31M1-3 Signal Corps Nomenclature
31M1-4 Commercial Nomenclature
31M1-5 AF Nomenclature
31M2 BAROMETRIC
31M2-2 JETDS Nomenclature
22-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
22-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
22-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
22-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
31X2-29 Rectifier
31X2-30 Relay
31X2-32 Digital Unit
31X2-35 Switching Unit
31X2-36 Cable Unit
31X2-38 Amplifier Assembly
31X2-41 Signal Source Assembly
31X2-45 Coupler Group
31X2-47 Indicator
31X2-50 Circuit Assembly
31X2-55 Exerciser
31X2-56 Adapter Unit
31X2-57 Recorder, Memory Erase Unit
31X2-58 Reproducer
31X2-61 Modulator, Demodulator
31X2-62 Inserter
31X2-63 Alignment Equipment
31X2-66 Zeroing Unit
31X2-67 Pulse Assembly
31X2-68 Reset Assembly
31X2-69 Drawer
31X2-71 Filter, Network
31X2-73 Instrument Assembly
31X2-74 Computer
31X2-77 Semiconductor Device Set
31X3 LAUNCH CONTROL AND COUNTDOWN
31X3-2 Launch Control - Countdown
31X3-3 Console, Launch Control, and Countdown
31X3-6 Countdown Relay
31X3-8 Panel
31X3-10 Control
31X3-11 Programmer
31X3-12 Monitor
31X3-13 Power Supply
31X3-15 Recorder Group, Memory Erase Unit
31X3-16 Switching Unit
31X3-18 Synchronizer
31X3-23 Multiplexer
31X3-27 Decoder
31X3-28 Printed Circuit Assembly
31X3-31 Alarm
31X4 POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
31X4-2 Power Distribution Unit
31X4-3 Generation and Distribution Panel
31X4-5 Control Unit
31X4-8 Electrical Cable
31X7 GROUND GUIDANCE EQUIPMENT
22-7
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
31X7-2 System
31X7-3 Control Assembly
31X7-5 Power Supply Assembly
31X7-8 Amplifier Assembly
31X7-14 Converter
31X7-16 Computer
31X7-24 Storage Device
31X7-45 Timing Device
31X7-51 Altimeter
31X7-52 Stabilizer
31X8 CODE PROCESSING
31X8-2 Consoles
31XA ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS FOR MISSILE GROUND OPERA-
TIONAL EQUIPMENT
31XA2 INTERCONNECTING KITS
31XA3 COUPLERS
31XA4 VALVES
31XA5 SWITCHES
31XA6 MOTORS
31XA7 JUNCTION BOXES
31XA9 PUMPS
31XA16 LOAD DUCTS
31Z GROUND DEFENSE SYSTEMS
31Z-10 AFCS Engineering - Installation Standards, General
31Z1 SYSTEM TECHNICAL ORDERS
31Z2 SITE TECHNICAL ORDERS
31Z3 FACILITY TECHNICAL ORDERS
31Z4 SPECIAL COMMUNICATIONS PROJECTS
22-8
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 23
CATEGORY 32 - STANDARD AND SPECIAL TOOLS
23.1 GENERAL.
23.1.1 Category 32 contains two types of tool systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and both of the
systems are further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. Therefore TO numbers in Category 32
use both three and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both forms are discussed in paragraph
23.2.
23.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
23.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
23.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series within a system.
23.2.1.1 Part one is always the numeric 32, identifying Category 32.
23.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the system, i.e., A - special tools and B - standard tools.
23.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within a system. The TO
numbering series is outlined in paragraph 23.4.
23.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 32 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
23.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two has one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
23.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
23.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 32:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-7 Installation Instructions
23.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 32:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
23.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing
model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
23-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
23.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described
in paragraph 23.2.3.1, above.
23.3.1 Operating instructions with parts breakdown for a borescope, model 120011-3.
32A2-9-1
32 Category 32
A Special Tools
2 Boresight Series
9 Represents Model 120011-3
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
23.3.2 Operating and service instructions for an actuator repair tool kit, PN 7592417P1:
32A20-3-46-1
32 Category 32
A Special Tools
20 Kit Series
3 Tool Kit Subseries
46 Represents PN 7592417P1
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
23.3.3 Operating instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for reversible impact wrench, model 7275:
32B14-4-18-1
32 Category 32
B Standard Tools
14 Wrench Series
4 Pneumatic Wrenches Subseries
18 Represents Model 7275
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
23-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
32A5-6 Socket
32A5-7 Power Kit
32A6 FIXTURES
32A6-2 Heater Curing
32A6-3 Zeroing
32A6-4 Spreader
32A6-5 Initiator Simulator
32A6-6 Torque
32A6-7 Fairing Assembly
32A6-8 Adapter
32A6-9 Mold
32A6-10 Turnover
32A6-11 Rigging
32A6-12 Airseal Trimming
32A6-13 Cockpit Display
32A6-14 Power Control Linkage Assembly
32A6-15 Mounter, Demounter
32A6-16 Gluing
32A6-17 Drill
32A6-18 Clutch Run-In
32A6-19 Gauge
32A6-20 Locating, Attaching Points
32A6-21 Special Tool
32A6-22 Spoiler
32A6-23 Installer, Extractor
32A6-24 Shipping
32A7 SHARPENERS
32A7-2 Chain Saw
32A8 DIGGERS
32A8-2 Clay
32A9 TAMPERS
32A9-2 Backfill
32A9-3 Rams
32A10 BREAKERS
32A10-2 Paving
32A11 VIBRATORS
32A11-2 Concrete
32A12 LEVELING TOOLS
32A12-2 Telescopic
32A12-3 Line Level Indicator
32A12-4 Guidance System
32A12-5 Electronic
32A13 WELL DRILLERS
32A13-2 Gasoline Engine Driven
32A14 GRINDING DEVICES
32A14-2 Antenna
32A15 PROTRACTORS
23-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
32A16 SWAGERS
32A17 DETECTORS
32A18 CALIBRATORS
32A19 TEMPLATES AND GAUGES
32A20 KITS
32A20-2 Adjusting
32A20-3 Tool, Tire Inflation
Assembly Kit
32A20-4 Mount
32A20-5 Rigging
32A20-6 Installation
32A20-7 Wiring
32A21 BORING TOOLS
32A21-2 Carburetor Jet
32A21-3 Auger
32A21-4 Structural Repair
32A22 TARGET ASSEMBLIES
32A23 EXTRACTORS
32A24 ROLLERS
32A25 TEST TOOLS
32A26 BRAZING TOOLS
32A27 CLAMPS
32A27-2 Guidance Set
32A27-3 Nose
32A28 EJECTORS
32A28-2 Air
32A29 CONTROL UNITS
32A29-2 Heat
32A30 GAUGES (See 32A19)
32A31 PULLERS (See 32A23 Also)
32A32 EXTRACTORS (Use 32A23)
32A33 CUTTERS
32A34 SPREADERS
32A35 PULSER
32A36 ERASING DEVICES
32A37 PROTRACTORS (Use 32A15)
32A38 SERVICE TOOLS
32A39 COUNTERS
32A40 FRONT LENGTH TOOL
32A41 REELS
32B STANDARD TOOLS
32B1 CUTTERS
32B1-2 Cable
32B2 DRILLS
32B2-2 Electric
32B2-3 Pneumatic
32B3 GAUGES
23-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
32B4 GRINDERS
32B4-2 Electric
32B4-3 Pneumatic
32B5 RIVETERS
32B5-2 Pneumatic
32B5-3 Hydraulic
32B6 HAMMERS
32B6-2 Pneumatic
32B6-3 Electric
32B7 IRONS
32B7-2 Electric
32B8 PLANES
32B8-2 Hand
32B8-3 Electric
32B9 PULLERS
32B10 SANDERS
32B10-2 Electric
32B10-3 Pneumatic
32B11 SCREWDRIVERS
32B11-2 Pneumatic
32B12 SHAVERS
32B12-2 Pneumatic
32B13 SAWS
32B13-2 Electric
32B13-3 Pneumatic
32B14 WRENCHES
32B14-2 Electric
32B14-3 Hand
32B14-4 Pneumatic
32B14-5 Hydraulic
32B15 ETCHERS
32B15-2 Electric
32B16 KITS
32B16-2 Canvas Repair
32B17 DRILL ATTACHMENT
32B17-2 Cutoff and Burring Tool
32B18 REFACING TOOLS
32B19 CRIMPING TOOLS
32B20 WRAPPING TOOLS
23-5/(23-6 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 24
CATEGORY 33 - TEST EQUIPMENT
24.1 GENERAL.
24.1.1 This category contains testers, test equipment and test interface equipment. Test procedures, test control and
programmed test TOs are numbered with related equipment identified in the various airborne and ground component
categories.
24.1.2 Category 33 contains five test equipment systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and most of the
systems are further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. Therefore TO numbers in Category 33
use both three and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both forms are discussed in paragraph
24.2.
24.1.3 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
24.1.4 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
24.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts that identify the category, system and equipment series within a system.
24.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying one of five aerospace systems, i.e., A - general purpose test equipment; B
- inspection test equipment; C - laboratory test equipment; D - special purpose test equipment; and K - calibration procedures.
Only 33A and 33D systems have associated equipment TOs. Associated equipment for these systems is identified by adding
the alpha A immediately following the system identifier, i.e., AA or DA.
24.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters that identify an equipment series within a system. The TO
numbering series is outlined in paragraph 24.4.
24.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 33 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
24.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two will have one or more numeric characters representing
the model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
24.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
24.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 33:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance Manuals
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-5 Depot Calibration
-6 Inspection Requirements
-7 Installation Instructions and Installation Test Procedures
-8 Test Procedures, Checkout Manuals, or Programmed Tests
-9 Alignment Instructions
24-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
24.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a series of
checklists, workcards, supplements or other media. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 33:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
VS - Visual Slide
WC - Workcards
24.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PNs assigned to specific components.
24.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described
in paragraph 24.2.3.1, above.
24.3.1 Illustrated parts breakdown for a ballistics computer test set, PN T-101235:
33D5-5-78-4
33 Category 33
D Special Purpose Test Equipment
5 Armament Equipment Series
5 Computer Subseries
78 Represents PN T-101235
4 Number Reserved for Illustrated Parts Breakdown
24.3.2 Operating and maintenance instructions for a radar analyzer test set, type AN/APM-226:
33D7-10-23-1
33 Category 33
D Special Purpose Test Equipment
7 Electrical and Electronic Equipment Series
10 Analyzer Subseries
23 Represents Type AN/APM-226
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
24.3.3 Operating instructions for associated equipment electron tube test set, type AN/USM-31:
33AA21-2-1
33 Category 33
A General Purpose Test Equipment
A Associated Equipment
21 Tube Analyzer Series
2 Represents Type AN/USM-31
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
24.3.4 Illustrated parts breakdown for magnetic inspection unit, model H144-6AD-1:
33B2-11-14
33 Category 33
B Inspection Test Equipment
2 Electrical Series
24-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
33A1-12-95-2
33 Category 33
A General Purpose Test Equipment
1 Electrical and Electronic Equipment Series
12 Voltage, Current and Resistance Measuring Equipment Subseries
95 Represents Type TS-414/U
2 Number Reserved for Service Instructions
NOTE
Technical Orders containing calibration procedures for nonstocklisted precision measuring equipment are
numbered in the 33L1 category, system and series. These TOs are not listed in TO Indexes and are not distributed
through the Air Force TO system. Publication and distribution are accomplished by Aerospace Guidance and
Metrology Center (MLMA), Newark AFS, OH 43057-5475.
33 TEST EQUIPMENT
33-1 AIRFRAME
33A GENERAL PURPOSE TEST EQUIPMENT
33A1 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC
33A1-2 Amplifying
33A1-3 Combination Group Test Set
33A1-4 Field Intensity Measuring
33A1-5 Frequency Measuring
33A1-6 Impedance, Standing Wave Ratio Measuring, Noise Meter
33A1-7 Power Measuring, Audio Indicating
33A1-8 Signal Generating
33A1-9 Temperature Measuring, Thermostat
33A1-10 Time Base Measuring, Counting
33A1-11 Vibration
33A1-12 Voltage, Current, Resistance Measuring, Multimeter
33A1-13 Wave Form Measuring, Recording
33A1-14 Interference Measuring
33A1-15 Electrical Circuit Check
33A1-16 Auxiliary Power Plant
33A2 HYDRAULIC
33A2-2 Stand
33A2-3 Gauge
33A2-4 Valve
33A2-5 Cylinder, Actuator
33A3 MECHANICAL
33A3-2 Analyzer
33A3-3 Cable Tensiometer
33A3-4 Torque Tester
24-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
33A3-5 Regulator
33A3-6 Unit
33A3-7 Actuator, Screw Jack Assembly
33A3-8 Anti-Skid
33A3-9 Stand
33A3-10 Tachometer Generator
33A3-11 Lock and Latch Assemblies
33A4 PNEUMATIC
33A4-2 Accumulator
33A4-3 Cabin Heater
33A4-4 Cabin Leakage
33A4-5 Regulator
33A4-6 Valve
33A4-7 Leak
33A4-8 Pressurization Kit
33A4-9 Pump
33A4-10 Pneumatic Dehydrator, Chemical Dryer
33A4-11 Air Filter
33A4-12 Components
33A5 VACUUM
33A5-2 Stand
33A6 LIQUIDS
33A6-2 Density
33A6-3 Flow Meter
33A6-4 Pressure
33A6-5 Temperature
33A6-6 Viscosity
33A6-7 Volume
33A6-8 Analyzer
33A7 GAS
33A7-2 Density
33A7-3 Flow Meter
33A7-4 Pressure
33A7-5 Temperature
33A7-6 Volume
33A7-7 Weight
33A7-8 Analyzer
33A8 SOLIDS
33A8-2 Balancing
33A8-3 Hardness
33A8-4 Tensile Strength
33A8-5 Volume
33A8-6 Weight
33A9 TIME
33A9-2 Watch Recording Device
33A10 NON-AERONAUTICAL ENGINES
33AA ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
24-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
33AA1 ADAPTERS
33AA2 PANELS
33AA3 BLOWERS
33AA4 BOXES
33AA4-2 Attenuator
33AA4-3 Jack
33AA4-4 Junction
33AA4-5 Relay
33AA4-6 Shunt
33AA5 CORDS OR CABLES
33AA6 DECADE RESISTORS
33AA7 DUMMY LOADS
33AA8 DYNAMOTORS
33AA9 AIR SUPPLIES
33AA10 CHAMBERS
33AA11 FREQUENCY CONVERTERS
33AA12 HEADSETS
33AA13 INVERTERS
33AA14 JACKS
33AA15 MICROPHONES
33AA16 PLUGS
33AA17 POWER SUPPLIES
33AA18 PROBES
33AA19 SHUNTS AND MULTIPLIERS
33AA20 TEST ANTENNAS
33AA21 TUBE ANALYZERS
33AA22 VOLTAGE DIVIDERS
33AA23 FITTINGS
33AA24 CAPSULES
33AA25 CHARGERS
33AA26 MOTORS
33AA27 METERS (Use 33A1)
33AA28 HORNS
33AA29 COMPRESSORS (TEST)
33AA30 PUMPS
33AA31 VALVES
33AA32 BLOWERS (See 33AA3)
33AA33 AMPLIFIERS (Use 33A1-2)
33AA34 SERVOSCOPES
33AA35 TIMERS
33AA36 ATTENUATORS
33AA37 ACCELERATORS
33AA38 SYNCHRONIZERS
33AA39 DIGITAL COMPONENTS
33AA40 COUPLERS
33AA41 CONVERTERS
33AA42 COMMUTATORS
24-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
24-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
24-7
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
24-8
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
33D5-2 Amplifier
33D5-3 Cable, Circuit
33D5-4 Compass
33D5-5 Computer
33D5-6 Calibration
33D5-7 Gyroscope
33D5-8 Radar
33D5-9 Sight
33D5-10 Turret
33D5-11 Platform
33D5-12 System
33D5-13 Table
33D5-14 Voltage, Current
33D5-15 Test Bench
33D5-16 Control
33D5-17 Dehydrator
33D5-18 Timing, Sequencing
33D5-19 Cord (Do not use)
33D5-20 Simulator
33D5-21 Panel
33D5-22 Radalator, Evaluators
33D5-23 Power Supply
33D5-24 Components
33D5-25 Leak Test
33D5-26 Phototube
33D5-27 Astro Tracker
33D5-28 Spring Tester
33D5-29 Squib
33D5-30 Pylon
33D5-31 Boresight
33D5-32 Indicator
33D5-33 Sensor
33D5-34 Compensator
33D5-35 Converter
33D5-36 Switch
33D5-37 Repeater
33D5-38 Generator
33D5-39 Antenna
33D5-40 Detector
33D5-41 Multiplier
33D5-42 Receiver - Transmitter
33D5-43 Display Unit
33D5-44 Gear Accuracy
33D5-45 Limiter
33D5-46 Comparator, Analyzer
33D5-47 Synchronizer
33D5-48 Drive
24-9
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
24-10
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
33D7-23 Servo
33D7-24 Video
33D7-25 Console
33D7-26 Teletypewriter
33D7-27 Antenna Boresight
33D7-28 Voltage, Current
33D7-29 Transmitter, Transceiver
33D7-30 Telemetering
33D7-31 Circuit
33D7-32 Pods
33D7-33 Module, Scanner Test Station
33D7-34 Tracking
33D7-35 Antenna
33D7-36 Receiver
33D7-37 Detection Radar Data Takeoff
33D7-38 System, Circuit Board
33D7-39 Scorer
33D7-40 Time Delay
33D7-41 Routing Assembly
33D7-42 Programmer
33D7-43 Rectifier
33D7-44 Radar
33D7-45 Calibration
33D7-46 Beacon
33D7-47 Control, Temperature Controllers
33D7-48 Miss Distance Measuring
33D7-49 Electronic Circuit Plug-In
33D7-50 Adapters, Interface Unit
33D7-51 Reconnaissance
33D7-52 Cylinder
33D7-53 Compressor
33D7-54 Go-No-Go
33D7-55 Discriminator
33D7-56 Oscillator
33D7-57 Electron Tube
33D7-58 Device, Drive
33D7-59 Generator
33D7-60 Comparator
33D7-61 Unit, Auxiliary Power Unit
33D7-62 Meteorological
33D7-63 Platform, Gyroscope, Accelerometer
33D7-64 Telegraph
33D7-65 Evaluator
33D7-66 Matrix Unit
33D7-67 Anti-Aircraft Fire Control
33D7-68 Memory
33D7-69 Magnetic Drum, Disk
24-11
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
33D7-70 Binary
33D7-71 Radio
33D7-72 Driver
33D7-73 Target Drone
33D7-74 Refrigeration
33D7-75 Multiplexer
33D7-76 Card
33D7-77 Display
33D7-78 Interrogator
33D7-79 Motor
33D7-80 Laser
33D7-81 Readout
33D7-82 Certification
33D7-83 Buffer
33D7-84 Error Corrector
33D7-85 Cold Proof Load Tester
33D7-86 Monitor
33D7-87 Compensator
33D7-88 TV Monitor
33D7-89 Mixer
33D7-90 Assembler
33D7-91 Editor
33D7-92 PROMS (Programmable Read-Only Memory System)
33D7-93 EROMS (Eraseable Read-Only Memory System)
33D7-94 ROMS (Read-Only Memory System)
33D7-95 Blanking
33D7-96 Processor
33D7-97 EPROMS (Eraseable Programmable Read-Only Memory Systems)
33D7-98 Vessel Assembly
33D7-99 Outlet Assembly
33D9 GUIDED MISSILES
33D9-2 Fuel System
33D9-3 Guidance System
33D9-4 Hydraulic
33D9-5 Power Plant (Engine)
33D9-6 Power Supply
33D9-7 Flight Control
33D9-8 Selector Van
33D9-9 Missile Components
33D9-10 Release Navigation Computer
33D9-11 Generator and Case Assembly
33D9-12 Hoist Support Boom
33D9-13 Payload
33D9-14 Simulator
33D9-15 Amplifier
33D9-16 Power Box
33D9-17 Control
24-12
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
24-13
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
24-14
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
33D9-113 Insulation
33D9-114 Rapid Firing
33D9-115 Transistorized Unit
33D9-116 Video Unit, Monitor
33D9-117 Reader (Decoder)
33D9-118 Oscilloscope (Do not use)
33D9-119 Trucks
33D9-120 Gas Systems
33D9-121 Offensive Subsystem
33D9-122 Heater, Cooler
33D9-123 Electronic Component
33D9-124 Trainer
33D9-125 Signal Generator (See 33D9-100)
33D9-126 Roofs and Erector
33D9-127 Ordnance
33D9-128 Panel, Release Control
33D9-129 Module
33D9-130 Cylinder
33D9-131 Switch
33D9-132 Sensitol Unit
33D9-133 Communication
33D9-134 Umbilical
33D9-135 Destruction System
33D9-136 Sequence Assembly
33D9-137 Alarm
33D9-138 Contamination Unit
33D9-139 Sump Tank
33D9-140 Alignment
33D9-141 Discriminator
33D9-142 Accelerometer
33D9-143 Degausser
33D9-144 Astrotracker
33D9-145 Receiver
33D9-146 Tuning Head
33D9-147 Ejector Rack
33D9-148 Common Missile Assembly
33D9-149 Missile Bit
33D10 PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT
33D10-2 Camera
33D10-3 Diaphragm Test Fixture
33D10-4 Ejector
33D10-5 Collimator
33D10-6 Servo Test
33D10-7 Developer, Processor
33D10-8 Magazine
33D10-9 Shutter Trip, Timer
33D10-10 Simulator
24-15
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
24-16
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
33D12-5 System
33D12-6 Console
33D12-7 Tow Target
33D13 FLIGHT SIMULATORS
33D13-2 Bomber
33D13-3 Cargo
33D13-4 Test Rack
33D13-5 Test Cart
33DA ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
33DA1 ADAPTERS
33DA2 RELAYS
33DA3 PANEL ASSEMBLIES
33DA4 EVALUATORS
33DA5 MONITORS
33DA6 INTERROGATORS
33DA7 ENCODERS
33DA8 GENERATORS
33DA9 CONTROLS
33DA10 RF LINK
33DA11 POWER SUPPLIES
33DA12 BOARDS, MULTI-MODULE
33DA13 POWER DISTRIBUTION
33DA14 AIR- AND SELF- TEST
33DA15 MISSILE ELECTRONICS
33DA16 SERVOS
33DA17 COMPARATORS
33DA18 TIMERS (Use 33A1-10)
33DA19 PROGRAMMERS
33DA20 BOX ASSEMBLIES, REGULATOR CHASSIS
33DA21 FIXTURE ASSEMBLIES
33DA22 LOAD BANKS
33DA23 LOAD BOXES (Use 33DA22)
33DA24 REGULATORS
33DA25 BOXES
33DA26 CHARGERS
33DA27 CONVERTERS
33DA28 PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS
33DA29 AMPLIFIERS
33DA30 RECORDERS
33DA31 OSCILLOSCOPES
33DA32 DRAWERS
33DA33 CHAMBERS
33DA34 DELAY LINES
33DA35 CONSOLES
33DA36 VALVES
33DA37 ATTACHMENTS
33DA38 TRANSFORMERS AND TRANSMITTERS
24-17
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
24-18
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
33DA86 SWITCHES
33DA87 TABLES
33DA88 THERMOMETERS, TEMPERATURE INDICATORS
33DA89 STARTERS
33DA90 RECTIFIERS
33DA91 GRAVITY TESTERS
33DA92 CALIBRATORS (See 33D7-45)
33DA93 TRANSPONDER SETS
33DA94 ALTERNATORS
33DA95 BRAKE ASSEMBLIES
33DA96 DOOR AND WINDOW ASSEMBLIES
33DA97 TRANSDUCERS AND FLOWSENSORS
33DA98 PROBES
33DA99 HORNS
33DA100 COUPLING ASSEMBLIES
33DA101 CLEANERS (Use 34Y2)
33DA102 COOLER UNITS
33DA103 CABLE ASSEMBLIES
33DA104 TERMINALS
33DA105 JUMPER ASSEMBLIES
33DA106 MANIFOLDS
33DA107 HOSE AND REELS
33DA108 PRINTERS
33DA109 DIVIDING HEADS
33DA110 TRANSPORTS
33DA111 PLOTTERS
33DA112 LOADERS
33DA113 TAPE HEADS
33DA114 OPTICAL UNITS
33DA115 TAPES AND TAPE COMPONENTS
33DA116 TARGETS
33DA117 POSITIONERS
33DA118 APPLICATORS
33DA119 MODULES (See 33D7-33)
33DA120 TELESCOPES
33DA121 CABINETS
33DA122 STANDARDS
33DA123 TEST KITS
33K CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
33K1 PRECISION MEASURING EQUIPMENT (PME), VOLTAGE, CURRENT, AND POWER
33K2 PME, IMPEDANCE
33K3 PME, FREQUENCY
33K4 PME, MICROWAVE
33K5 PME, TEMPERATURE
33K6 PME, MECHANICAL
33K7 PME, RADIAC, AND SPECIAL WEAPONS
33K8 PME, ELECTRICAL
24-19
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
24-20
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 25
CATEGORY 34 - SHOP MACHINERY AND SHOP SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
25.1 GENERAL.
25.1.1 Category 34 contains five shop machinery and shop support equipment systems. These systems are divided into
equipment series and most of the systems are further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series.
Therefore, TO numbers in Category 34 use both three and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for
both forms are discussed in paragraph 25.2.
25.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
25.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
25.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series within a system.
25.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the shop machinery systems, i.e., C - cutting machines; F - finishing
machines; G - forming machines; W - welding and heat treating equipment; and Y - shop support equipment.
25.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within a system. The TO
numbering series are outlined in paragraph 25.4.
25.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 34 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
25.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two will have one or more numeric characters representing
the model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
25.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
25.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 34:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
-7 Installation Instructions and Installation Test Procedures
-8 Test Procedures, Checkout Manuals, or Programmed Tests
25.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, supplements or other media. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in
Category 34:
CL - Checklists
S- Operational Supplements
25-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
25.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing
model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
25.2.4 GROUP FOUR. When the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs
described in paragraph 25.2.3.1, above.
25.3.1 Operating instructions with parts breakdown for a drill press, model 1024:
34C2-3-12-1
34 Category 34
C Cutting Machines
2 Metal Cutting Machine Series
3 Drill Press Subseries
12 Represents Model 1024
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
34F2-3-13-7
34 Category 34
F Finishing Machines
2 Metal Finishing Series
3 Hone Subseries
13 Represents Model 244
7 Number Reserved for Installation Instructions
34Y1-132-3
34 Category 34
Y Shop Support Equipment
1 Air Compressor Series
132 Represents Model MS11
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
25-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
34C2-8 Saw
34C2-9 Shaper
34C2-10 Shear
34C2-11 Reamer Driver
34C2-12 Threader
34C2-13 Disentegrating
34C2-14 Drum
34C2-15 Routing
34C2-16 Centering
34C2-17 Keyseater
34C3 PAPER
34C3-2 Shredder
34C3-3 Drill
34C4 WOOD
34C4-2 Jointer and Mortiser
34C4-3 Lathe (Use 34C4-8)
34C4-4 Planer
34C4-5 Router
34C4-6 Saw
34C4-7 Shaper
34C4-8 Lathe
34C4-9 Boring
34C4-10 Milling
34F FINISHING MACHINES
34F1 GLASS
34F2 METAL
34F2-2 Grinder
34F2-3 Honing
34F2-4 Sharpener
34F2-5 Lapping
34F2-6 Electroplating
34F2-7 Vibratory
34F2-8 Gear Hobbing
34F3 WOOD
34F3-2 Floor
34F3-3 Sander
34F3-4 Surfacer
34G FORMING MACHINES
34G1 METAL
34G1-2 Brakes
34G1-3 Forger
34G1-4 Header
34G1-5 Press
34G1-6 Roll
34G1-7 Shaper
34G1-8 Grooving
34G1-9 Flaring
25-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
34G1-10 Bending
34G1-11 Coiler
34G1-12 Stamping
34G1-13 Sheet Metal
34G1-14 Wire
34G2 RUBBER AND PLASTICS
34W WELDING AND HEAT TREATING EQUIPMENT
34W1 FURNACES, INCINERATORS
34W2 OVENS AND DEHYDRATORS
34W3 SOLDERING POTS
34W4 WELDERS
34W5 EXHAUSTERS
34W6 FORGES
34W7 SOLDERING IRON
34W8 REGULATORS
34W9 CHAMBERS
34Y SHOP SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
34Y1 AIR COMPRESSORS, PUMPS
34Y2 CLEANERS
34Y3 DEGREASERS
34Y4 PAINT SPRAY EQUIPMENT
34Y4-2 Booth
34Y4-3 Sprayer
34Y4-4 Rejuvenator
34Y4-5 Spray Gun
34Y4-6 Paint Mixer
34Y5 PUMPS
34Y5-2 Water
34Y5-3 Vacuum
34Y5-4 Air
34Y5-5 Oil
34Y5-6 Hand
34Y5-7 Liquid
34Y6 RIVETING MACHINES
34Y7 SEWING MACHINES
34Y8 TANKS
34Y8-2 Dipping
34Y9 TIRE REPAIR EQUIPMENT
34Y9-2 Tire Spreader
34Y9-3 Vulcanizer
34Y9-4 Recapping Machine
34Y9-5 Tire Press
34Y9-6 Breaker
34Y9-7 Retreading Mold
34Y9-8 Safety Inflation Guard
34Y9-9 Reel
34Y10 WIRE MARKING MACHINES
25-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
25-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
34Y33 CABINETS
34Y34 ALIGNING EQUIPMENT
34Y34-2 Connecting Rod Aligner
34Y35 ENGRAVING MACHINES
34Y35-2 Pantograph
34Y36 LINKING MACHINES
34Y37 DUST FREE BENCHES
34Y38 MILLING MACHINES (FOUNDRY)
34Y39 THAWING MACHINES
34Y40 DESCALING MACHINES
34Y41 DRYERS
34Y42 CONTROL UNITS
34Y43 CHAMBERS
25-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 26
CATEGORY 35 - GROUND HANDLING, SUPPORT, AIR AND MISSILE BASE
OPERATING EQUIPMENT
26.1 GENERAL.
26.1.1 Category 35 contains eight ground handling, support and operating systems. These systems are divided into
equipment series and most of the systems are further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series.
Therefore TO numbers in Category 35 use both three and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for
both forms are discussed in paragraph 26.2.
26.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
26.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
26.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series within a system.
26.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the ground handling, support or operating system, i.e., A - aircraft
maintenance and inspection equipment; B - aircraft handling and weighing equipment; C - electric power supplies; D -
loading and servicing equipment; E - air base utility equipment; G - aircraft ground support equipment; and M - missile
erection and launching equipment. Associated equipment for these systems are identified by adding the alpha A immediately
following the system identifier, e.g., AA, and CA.
26.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within a system. The TO
numbering series are outlined in paragraph 26.4.
26.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 35 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns.
26.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two will have one or more numeric characters representing
the model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
26.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
26.2.3.1 When a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 35:
26-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
26.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 35:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
26.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
26.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group either identifies specific types of TOs
described in paragraph 26.2.3.1, or it identifies a sequence number when alpha characters were used in group three as
described in paragraph 26.2.3.2. Sequence numbers are described in paragraphs 1.9.2 through 1.9.6.
35C1-2-462-1
35 Category 35
C Electric Power Supplies
1 System Series
2 Electrical Subseries
462 Represents Model LP-410A-FM
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
35F14-2-4
35 Category 35
F Field Lighting and Electrical Equipment
14 Switch Series
2 Represents PN 3303760
4 Number Reserved for Illustrated Parts Breakdown
26.3.3 An overhaul instruction for compressed oxygen cylinder trailer, type AF/M32R-3:
35D3-6-27-23
35 Category 35
D Loading and Servicing Equipment
3 Truck, Dolly, and Trailer Series
6 Servicing Truck and Trailer Subseries
27 Represents Type AF/M32R-3
23 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
26-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
35A1 DOCKS
35A2 JACKS
35A2-2 Aircraft
35A2-3 Automotive
35A2-4 General Purpose
35A2-5 Special Purpose
35A3 LADDERS AND STAIRCASES
35A4 STANDS
35A4-2 Adjustable
35A4-3 Nonadjustable
35A4-4 Missile Platform
35A4-5 Missile Stand
35A4-6 Blacklight Inspection (Do not use)
35A4-7 Storage
35A4-8 Drain
35A5 JACKPADS
35A6 RACKS
35AA ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
35AA2 JACK COMPONENTS
35AA2-2 Cylinder
35AA2-3 Pump
35AA2-4 Valve
35AA3 (Not used)
35AA4 STAND COMPONENTS
35AA4-2 Valve
35AA4-3 Cable Assembly
35AA4-4 Pump
35AA4-5 Coupling
35AA4-6 Adapter
35B AIRCRAFT AND MISSILE HANDLING AND WEIGHING EQUIPMENT
35B1 GROUND LOCK ASSEMBLIES
35B2 WEIGHING EQUIPMENT
35B2-2 Aircraft
35B2-3 Vehicle
35B2-4 Missile
35B3 SCALES
35B3-2 Balance
35B3-3 Counting
35B3-4 Platform
35B4 STEERING BARS
35B5 TOWBARS
35B6 TURNTABLES
35B7 MISSILE STANDS (Use 35A4)
35B8 SKIDS
35B8-2 Portable
35B9 CHOCK ASSEMBLIES
35B10 PRY BARS
26-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
35B10-2 Wheeled
35C ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLIES
35C1 SYSTEMS
35C1-2 Electrical - UPS
35C1-3 Combination
35C1-4 Converter
35C1-5 Voltage Regulator
35C1-6 Inverter
35C1-7 Transfer Panel
35C2 GENERATORS
35C2-2 Electric Motor Driven
35C2-3 Engine Driven
35C2-4 Missile Generator Sets (Use 35C2-3)
35C3 RECTIFIERS
35C3-2 Battery Charger
35C3-3 Power Supply
35C3-4 Magneto Charger
35C4 TURBOCHARGERS
35CA ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
35CA1 BOXES
35CA1-2 Control
35CA1-3 Junction
35CA2 CABINETS
35CA2-2 Distribution
35CA3 CABLES AND CABLE SYSTEMS
35CA4 CHARGERS
35CA4-2 Magnetic
35CA5 FAN ASSEMBLIES
35CA6 PANELS
35CA7 CONTROLS, OVER-VOLTAGE PROTECTION MODULES
35CA8 PUMPS
35CA9 CONTACTORS (Do not use)
35CA10 RELAYS
35CA11 DRIVES AND GEAR MOTORS
35CA12 VALVES
35CA13 CLUTCH ASSEMBLIES
35CA14 FILTERS
35CA15 HYDRAULIC MOTORS
35CA16 OIL COOLERS
35CA17 AXLE ASSEMBLIES
35CA18 MOUNTS
35CA19 SPEED REDUCERS
35CA20 STARTERS
35CA21 GOVERNORS
35CA22 PLUGS
35CA23 TURBOCHARGERS
35CA24 ALTERNATORS
26-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
35CA25 TRANSDUCERS
35CA26 STABILIZERS
35CA27 OSCILLATORS
35CA28 ADAPTERS
35CA29 MONITORS
35D AIRCRAFT AND MISSILE LOADING AND SERVICING EQUIPMENT
35D1 CABLEWAYS
35D2 CONVEYORS
35D3 TRUCKS, DOLLIES, AND TRAILERS
35D3-2 Bomb
35D3-3 Engine, Truck Engine Transport
35D3-4 Fuselage
35D3-5 Propeller
35D3-6 Servicing Unit
35D3-7 Aircraft
35D3-8 Landing Gear
35D3-9 Lift
35D3-10 Air-Conditioning
35D3-11 Missile, Trailer Transporter-Erector
35D3-12 Antenna
35D3-13 Turret (Trailer)
35D3-14 Bomb Sight
35D3-15 Flush and Disposal
35D3-16 Wheel Change
35D3-17 Lavatory
35D3-18 Hydraulic
35D3-19 Nitrogen (See 35D3-6 also)
35D3-20 Cowling
35D3-21 Alternator Pack
35D3-22 Tow Target
35D3-23 Radar Maintenance
35D3-24 Platform
35D3-25 Missile Fuel
35D3-26 Wing
35D3-27 Fire Control System
35D3-28 Instrument
35D3-29 Missile (See 35D3-11 also)
35D3-30 Cable
35D3-31 Oil Servicing
35D3-32 Crash Removal
35D3-33 Test Equipment
35D3-34 Pod
35D3-35 Spray
35D3-36 Smoke Generator
35D3-37 Field Preflight
35D3-38 Radome
35D3-39 Chassis Assembly
26-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
26-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
26-7
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
26-8
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
35DA4 CONTROLS
35DA5 RAIL ASSEMBLIES
35DA6 ACTUATORS
35DA7 INDICATOR, MISSILE POSITION AND ALIGNMENT
35DA8 VALVES
35DA9 FILTER ASSEMBLIES
35DA10 GEAR REDUCER ASSEMBLIES
35DA11 GAUGES
35DA12 METERS
35DA13 CYLINDERS (See 35DA3-3 also)
35DA14 REGULATORS
35DA15 DRIVE ASSEMBLIES
35DA16 CHASSIS
35DA17 GUIDE ASSEMBLIES
35E AIR AND MISSILE BASE UTILITY OPERATING EQUIPMENT
35E1 FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT
35E1-2 Fire Extinguisher
35E2 LANDING MATS
35E3 PREFABRICATED BUILDINGS
35E4 SHELTERS
35E5 TENTS
35E6 BRIDGES
35E6-2 Pontoon
35E7 HEATERS
35E7-2 Aircraft Ground
35E7-3 Engine and Shelter
35E7-4 Utility, Low Silhouette Heater
35E7-5 Heat Exchanger
35E7-6 Space
35E7-7 Gyro
35E8 BARRIERS
35E8-2 Runway
35E8-3 Runup Fence
35E9 AIR-CONDITIONERS AND FREEZERS
35E10 GROUND COOLERS
35E11 GROUND BLOWERS AND FANS
35E12 VENTILATORS
35E13 PUMPS
35E14 COMPRESSOR BUILDINGS
35E15 MISSILE A AND M SHOPS, MAIN GROUND AIDS PENETRATION
35E16 ERECTORS
35E17 DECONTAMINATION EQUIPMENT, DEICERS
35E18 CONTROL EQUIPMENT
35E19 CASES (See 35E20 also)
35E20 CONTAINERS, SHIPPING AND STORAGE
35E20-2 Missile, Warhead Section
35E20-3 Engine
26-9
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
35E20-4 Miscellaneous
35E20-5 Helicopter Blade
35E20-6 Checkout Tape
35E20-7 Optical Equipment
35E20-8 Chemical, Biological Munitions
35E20-9 Guided Glide Weapon
35E20-10 Dispenser
35E20-11 Ammunition
35E21 COVERS
35E21-2 Missile
35E21-3 Aircraft
35E21-4 Bomb
35E21-5 Camera
35E21-6 Scanner
35E22 PURGING AND CLEANING EQUIPMENT
35E22-2 Missile
35E22-3 Aircraft
35E22-4 Engine
35E22-5 Trailer
35E23 REGULATORS
35E23-2 Missile
35E24 LEAK DETECTOR
35E25 MISSILE SHIPPING EQUIPMENT
35E26 PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
35E26-2 Engine Screen, Shield
35E26-3 Personnel Screen, Shield
35E26-4 Insulation
35E27 GAS AND UNDERGROUND PIPING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS
35E27-2 System
35E27-3 Valve
35E28 FILTERS AND DEHYDRATORS
35E29 CONVERTERS
35E30 WINDOWS
35E31 TANKS
35E31-2 Mixing
35E31-3 Water Storage
35E32 SWITCHES
35E33 RELOAD FACILITIES
35E34 TOWERS
35E35 SANITATION EQUIPMENT
35E36 WARNING DEVICES
35EA ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
35EA1 NOZZLES
35EA2 SPEED REDUCERS
35EA3 FIRE PROTECTION AND SAFETY SHELTERS
35EA4 AIR-CONDITIONING
35EA4-2 Fan, Blower
26-10
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
35EA4-3 Valve
35EA4-4 Compressor
35EA4-5 Field, Rotor Assembly
35EA4-6 Tachometer
35EA4-7 Adapter, Duct
35EA4-8 Pump
35EA4-9 Filler, Bleeder
35EA5 LAUNCHER SHELTER, HIGH- AND LOW-HELIUM
35EA5-2 Valve
35EA5-3 Control-Indicator Assembly
35EA6 RIM BUILDING COMPONENTS
35EA7 DECONTAMINATION SYSTEM
35EA7-2 Pump
35EA7-3 Valve
35EA7-4 Measuring, Controlling Instrument
35EA8 CONTROL BENCH UNITS
35EA8-2 Pump
35EA9 PURGING AND CLEANING EQUIPMENT
35EA9-2 Valve
35EA9-3 Indicator
35F AIR FIELD LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
35F1 CABINETS
35F2 CONTROL PANELS
35F3 CUBICLES
35F4 LAMP CHANGERS
35F5 LIGHTS
35F5-2 Air Traffic Control
35F5-3 Approach and Runway
35F5-4 Beacon
35F5-5 Flood
35F5-6 Lantern
35F5-7 Searchlight
35F5-8 Range
35F5-9 Flashlight
35F5-10 Marker
35F5-11 Launch
35F6 PANELBOARDS
35F7 REFLECTORS
35F8 REGULATORS
35F9 RELAYS
35F10 SIRENS
35F11 SWITCHBOARDS
35F12 WIND INDICATORS
35F13 BATTERIES
35F14 SWITCHES
35F15 ELECTRIC MOTORS
35F16 STARTERS
26-11
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
35F17 FANS
35F18 ELECTRIC POWER TRANSFER CONTROLS
35G AIRCRAFT GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
35G3 SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES
35G3-3 Stand
35G5 KITS (HANDLING)
35G5-2 Panel and Rack
35G5-4 Gimbal Kit
35M MISSILE SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
35M1 SYSTEM TECHNICAL ORDERS
35M1-2 Fluid Distribution
35M1-3 Propellant Utilization
35M1-4 Gas Distribution
35M1-5 Silo Helium Charge
35M1-6 Monorail
35M1-7 Crib Suspension
35M1-8 Damper, Lock System
35M1-9 Personnel Access
35M1-10 Environmental Control
35M2 ERECTION EQUIPMENT
35M2-2 Mount, Erector
35M2-3 Hydraulic Pumping Unit
35M2-4 Trunnion Erector (Use 35M2-2)
35M2-5 Buffer Assembly
35M2-6 Ratchet Assembly
35M3 LAUNCHING EQUIPMENT
35M3-2 Launcher, Alignment Assembly
35M3-3 Shock Absorber
35M3-4 Indicator
35M3-5 Adapter Unit
35M3-6 Boom
35M3-7 Aligning
35M3-8 Support and Positioner
35M3-9 Pack
35M3-10 Balancer
35M3-11 Rescue
35M4 MISSILE- AND COMPONENT- HANDLING EQUIPMENT
35M4-2 Installation Fixture
35M4-3 Carrier
35M4-4 Loader
35M4-5 Hydraulic Jack (Do not use - see 35A2)
35M5 SERVICERS
35M5-2 Hydro-Pneumatic
35M5-3 Hydraulic
35M5-4 Pneumatic
35M5-5 Electric
35M6 RING ASSEMBLY AND EQUIPMENT
26-12
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
26-13
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
35M15-3 Pneumatic
35M15-4 Pressure
35M15-5 Liquid Oxygen
35M16 SENSORS
35M16-2 Liquid
35M16-3 Overspeed
35M17 CYLINDERS
35M17-2 Hydraulic
35M17-3 Actuating
35M17-4 Pneumatic
35M17-5 Mechanical
35M18 MOTORS
35M18-2 Electric
35M18-3 Hydraulic
35M18-4 Pneumatic
35M19 PUMPS
35M19-2 Electric
35M19-3 Hydraulic
35M19-4 Hand
35M19-5 Pneumatic
35M20 METERS AND MEASURING EQUIPMENT
35M20-2 Meter
35M20-3 Indicator
35M21 ACCUMULATORS
35M21-2 Hydraulic
35M21-3 Pneumatic
35M21-4 Propulsion
35M22 BEARINGS
35M22-2 Flanged
35M22-3 Spherical Roller
35M22-4 Floating
35M23 BRAKES
35M23-2 Hydraulic
35M24 GAUGES
35M24-2 Pressure
35M25 SURGE AND DESURGE EQUIPMENT
35M25-2 Hydraulic
35M25-3 Pneumatic
35M26 LOCK AND RELEASE ASSEMBLIES
35M27 ACTUATORS
35M27-2 Electro-Mechanical
35M27-3 Hydraulic
35M27-4 Ballistic
35M28 DRIVES
35M29 SWITCHES
35M30 MANIFOLD ASSEMBLIES
35M31 SPEED REDUCERS (GOVERNORS)
26-14
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
35M32 TRANSMISSIONS
35M33 CONNECTORS
35M34 TENSION DEVICES
35M35 ADAPTERS AND CLAMPS
35M36 TUBES
35M37 DOORS
35M38 SWIVEL AND GIMBAL ASSEMBLIES
35M39 VAPORIZERS THERMOCOUPLES
35MA ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
35MA1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS COMPONENTS
35MA1-2 Valve
35MA2 ERECTION EQUIPMENT
35MA2-2 (Not used)
35MA2-3 Hydraulic Cylinder, Accumulator
35MA3 LAUNCHING EQUIPMENT
35MA3-2 Valve (See 35M14)
35MA3-3 Hydraulic Cylinder (See 35M17)
35MA3-4 Hydraulic Accumulator (See 35M21)
35MA3-5 Motor (See 35M18)
35MA3-6 Indicator (See 35M12)
35MA3-7 Pump (See 35M19)
35MA3-8 Coupling
35MA3-9 Control (See 35M10)
35MA3-10 Brake (See 35M23)
35MA3-11 Joint Assembly
35MA4 PROPELLANT LOADING AND PRESSURIZATION
35MA4-2 Regulator (See 35M13)
35MA4-3 Valve (See 35M14)
35MA4-4 Breaker Assembly
35MA4-5 Switch (See 35M29)
35MA4-6 Indicator (See 35M12)
35MA4-7 Pressure Unit
35MA4-8 Relay
35MA4-9 Pump (See 35M19)
35MA4-10 Starter
35MA4-11 Liquid Level
35MA4-12 Gauge (See 35M24)
35MA4-13 Meter (See 35M20)
26-15/(26-16 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 27
CATEGORY 36 - VEHICLES, CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIAL-HANDLING
EQUIPMENT
27.1 GENERAL.
27.1.1 Category 36 contains six systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and most of the systems are
further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. Therefore, TO numbers in Category 36 use both three
and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both forms are discussed in paragraph 27.2.
27.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
27.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
27.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series within a system.
27.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying one of six systems; i.e., A - vehicles; C - construction equipment; G - gas
generating equipment; M - materials handling equipment; R - ordnance equipment; and Y - vehicle, construction and
material-handling equipment. Associated equipment for these systems are identified by adding the alpha A immediately
following the system identifier, e.g., MA.
27.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within a system. The TO
numbering series are outlined in paragraph 27.4.
27.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 36 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns.
27.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two will have one or more numeric characters representing
the model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
27.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
27.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 36:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-5 DCSC Technical Maintenance Standards
-6 Inspection Requirements
-7 Installation Instructions
27.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, supplements or other media. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in
Category 36:
27-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CL - Checklists
LC - Lubrication Charts
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
27.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
27.2.4 GROUP FOUR. When the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs
described in paragraph 27.2.3.1, above.
27.3.1 A service manual for a low bed semi-trailer, 25 ton, type T25L-232:
36A9-2-32-2
36 Category 36
A Vehicles
9 Semi-Trailer Series
2 Cargo Type Subseries
32 Represents Type T25L-232
2 Number Reserved for Service Manuals
27.3.2 A field maintenance manual for a portable floor crane, model HLU-145A/E:
36C3-6-4-2
36 Category 36
C Construction Equipment
3 Crane Series
6 Portable Type Subseries
4 Represents Model HLU-145A/E
2 Number Reserved for Field Maintenance Manuals
36M2-2-82-1
36 Category 36
M Material Handling Equipment
2 Lift Series
2 Fork Lift Subseries
82 Represents Model FK-7-1
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
27-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
27-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
27-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
36C1 AUGERS
36C1-2 Skid Mounted
36C1-3 Tractor Mounted
36C1-4 Trailer Mounted
36C1-5 Truck Mounted
36C2 CONVEYORS
36C2-2 Crawler Mounted
36C2-3 Self-Propelled
36C2-4 Skid Mounted
36C2-5 Wheel Mounted
36C3 CRANES
36C3-2 Crawler Mounted
36C3-3 Tractor Mounted
36C3-4 Truck Mounted
36C3-5 Wheel Mounted
36C3-6 Portable
36C3-7 Floating (Use 39B)
36C4 DERRICKS (Used on Diesel Engine)
36C5 DISTRIBUTORS
36C5-2 Bituminous Material
36C5-3 Water
36C6 DITCHERS
36C7 DRILLS
36C8 DRYERS AND DEHYDRATORS
36C9 GRADERS
36C9-2 Self-Propelled
36C9-3 Towed
36C10 HEATERS
36C11 KETTLES
36C12 LOADERS
36C12-2 Crawler Mounted
36C12-3 Wheel Mounted
36C13 CABLE LAYING EQUIPMENT
36C13-2 Lashing Machine
36C13-3 Reeling Machine
36C13-4 Cable Transporter
36C14 MIXERS
36C14-2 Bituminous Material
36C14-3 Concrete
36C14-4 Soil
36C15 PAVERS AND FINISHERS
36C15-2 Bituminous Material
36C15-3 Concrete
36C16 PIPE LAYERS
36C17 PLANTS
36C17-2 Asphalt Mixing
36C17-3 Batching
27-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
27-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
27-7
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
27-8
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
27-9/(27-10 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 28
CATEGORY 37 - FUEL-, OIL- AND PROPELLANT-HANDLING EQUIPMENT
28.1 GENERAL.
28.1.1 Category 37 contains three fuel-, oil-, and propellant-handling systems. These systems are divided into equipment
series and most of the systems are further divided into equipment subseries within each equipment series. Therefore TO
numbers in Category 37 use both three and four basic groups for data identification. Numbering patterns for both forms are
discussed in paragraph 28.2.
28.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system is numbered in the category general series.
28.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
28.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series within the system.
28.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the oil-, fuel-, and propellant-handling systems, i.e., A - fuel and oil
handling equipment; B - aircraft propellant systems; and C - propellant storage and handling equipment. Associated
equipment for these systems is identified by adding the alpha A immediately following the system identifier, e.g., CA.
28.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying an equipment series within a system. The TO
numbering series are outlined in paragraph 28.4.
28.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 37 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
28.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two uses one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
28.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, group two identifies the equipment subseries with one or more numeric
characters and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
28.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 37:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
-7 Installation Instructions
28.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers in group three are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, supplements or other media. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in
Category 37:
CL - Checklists
S- Operational Supplements
28-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
28.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing
model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
28.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described
in paragraph 28.2.3.1, above.
28.3.1 Overhaul instructions for a fuel hose four-wheel trailer type MH-1:
37A2-2-2-3
37 Category 37
A Fuel- and Oil- Handling Equipment
2 Cart Series
2 Hose Cart Subseries
2 Represents Type MH-1
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
28.3.2 An illustrated parts breakdown for a fuel and oil servicing nozzle, PN 9035:
37A6-2-24
37 Category 37
A Fuel- and Oil- Handling Equipment
6 Nozzle Series
2 Represents PN 9035
24 Number Reserved for Illustrated Parts Breakdown
28.3.3 An illustrated parts breakdown for a fuel storage tank, model TMU-4/E:
37C2-2-2-4
37 Category 37
C Propellant Storage and Handling
2 Storage Facility Series
2 Fuel Storage Subseries
2 Represents Model TMU-4/E
4 Number Reserved for Illustrated Parts Breakdown
28-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
37A6 NOZZLES
37A6-2 Single Point
37A6-3 Automatic Shutoff
37A6-4 Over-the-Wing (Gravity)
37A7 PUMPS
37A8 SEPARATORS
37A8-2 Gasoline-Water
37A9 FUEL STORAGE, DISTRIBUTING AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
37A9-2 Gravity Flow
37A9-3 Hydrant Fueling
37A9-4 Hydraulically Operated
37A9-5 Mechanical (Other than hydrant)
37A9-6 Fuel Dispensing Line
37A9-7 Fuel Distributing Unit
37A10 OIL STORAGE, DISTRIBUTING, AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
37A11 REFUELING UNITS
37A12 TANKS
37A13 TRANSFER UNITS
37A14 VEHICLE FUEL AND OIL DISTRIBUTING AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
37A15 OIL PURIFIERS
37A16 FUEL RETURN LINE ASSEMBLIES
37A17 SERVICING UNITS
37A17-2 Oil Servicing
37A17-3 Coolant Servicing
37A18 VALVES (Use 37A1)
37A18-2 Fuel Servicing
37A19 REELS
37B AIRCRAFT PROPELLANT SYSTEMS
37B1 NITRIC ACID HANDLING EQUIPMENT
37C PROPELLANT STORAGE AND HANDLING SYSTEMS
37C1 SYSTEMS
37C1-2 Acid
37C1-3 Fuel
37C2 STORAGE FACILITIES
37C2-2 Fuel
37C2-3 High Pressure Gas
37C2-4 Liquid Oxygen
37C2-5 Diesel Fuel
37C2-6 Nitrogen
37C2-7 Liquid Solvent Recovery
37C2-8 Liquid Oxygen, Nitrogen, Argon, and Air
37C3 MISSILE PROPELLANT PILE LINES
37C4 MISSILE PROPELLANT HOSE ASSEMBLIES
37C5 PUMPS
37C6 FILTERING UNITS
37C7 HEATERS
37C8 COMPRESSORS, PROPELLANT-TRANSFER
28-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
28-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 29
CATEGORY 38 - NON-AERONAUTICAL ENGINES
29.1 GENERAL.
29.1.1 Category 38 contains four systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and the equipment series are
further divided into equipment subseries. TO numbers in Category 38 use both three and four basic groups in the numbering
patterns discussed in paragraph 29.2.
29.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system in this category is numbered in the category general series.
29.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
29.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series.
29.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the non-aeronautical engine, i.e., G - powered ground equipment engines;
M - marine engines; V - vehicle engines; and X - non-aeronautical engine components and accessories.
29.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying the equipment series within a system. The
equipment series numbers for this category are outlined in paragraph 29.4.
29.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 38 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
29.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two will contain one or more numeric characters
representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
29.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, the equipment subseries is identified with one or more numeric
characters in group two, and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
29.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of
numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in Category 38:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
29.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers listed above are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, supplements or other media. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in
Category 38:
CL - Checklists
LC - Lubrication Charts
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
29-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
29.2.3.3 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
29.2.4 GROUP FOUR. If the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific types of TOs described
in paragraph 29.2.3.1, above.
38G1-24-24
38 Category 38
G Powered Ground Equipment Engines
1 Diesel Series
24 Represents Model D-318
24 Number Reserved for Illustrated Parts Breakdown
38M1-24-1
38 Category 38
M Marine Engines
1 Diesel Series
24 Represents Model 6DCMR-1879
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
38X11-2-4-3
38 Category 38
X Accessories
11 Pump Series
2 Fuel Pump Subseries
4 Represents PN 1539900 Series
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
38 NON-AERONAUTICAL ENGINES
38G POWERED GROUND EQUIPMENT ENGINES
38G1 DIESEL
38G2 GASOLINE
38G3 JET FUEL
38M MARINE ENGINES
38M1 DIESEL
38M2 GASOLINE
38M3 STEAM
38V VEHICLE ENGINES
38V1 DIESEL
38V2 GASOLINE
38X NON-AERONAUTICAL ENGINE COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES
38X1 BEARINGS
29-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
38X2 CARBURETORS
38X3 DISTRIBUTORS
38X4 FILTERS
38X4-2 Fuel
38X4-3 Oil
38X5 GEARS
38X6 GENERATORS
38X7 GOVERNORS
38X8 HOUSINGS
38X8-2 Clutch
38X9 MAGNETOS
38X10 PULLEYS
38X11 PUMPS
38X11-2 Fuel
38X11-3 Oil
38X11-4 Water
38X12 RADIATORS
38X13 SPARK PLUGS
38X14 STARTERS
38X15 THERMOSTATS
38X16 VALVES
38X17 SHIPPING CASES
38X18 SHAFTS
38X19 BUSHINGS
38X19-2 Bronze
38X20 IGNITION SYSTEMS
38X21 REGULATORS, CURRENT AND VOLTAGE
38X22 HEATERS
38X23 SWITCHES
38X24 INJECTORS
38X25 AIR EQUIPMENT
38X26 TURBOCHARGERS
38X27 FAN DRIVES
29-3/(29-4 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 30
CATEGORY 39 - WATERCRAFT EQUIPMENT
30.1 GENERAL.
30.1.1 Category 39 contains five watercraft systems. The TO numbers in this category use three basic groups for data
identification. The numbering pattern is discussed in paragraph 30.2.
30.1.2 TO data pertinent to more than one system in this category is numbered in the category general series.
30.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
30.2.1 GROUP ONE. The five systems that identify types of watercraft use only two parts in group one to identify the
category and type of watercraft.
30.2.1.2 Part two is a single alpha character identifying the various systems of watercraft, i.e., C - cargo boats; P - personnel
boats; R - range patrol boats; and V - vessels. The one exception is the tugboat system identified with the two alpha
characters TG.
30.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering pattern in Category 39 uses three basic groups. Group two has one or more numeric
characters representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific components.
30.2.3.1 The third group of the numbering pattern identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of numbers reserved to
identify specific types of TOs in this category.
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-5 Equipment Allowance Lists
-6 Inspection Requirements
30.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers listed above are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in this category.
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
30.3.1 An operating and maintenance instruction for a mechanized landing craft, type LCM 8:
39C-47-1
39 Category 39
C Cargo Boats
47 Represents Type LCM 8
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
30-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
30.3.2 Maintenance instructions for a 21-foot aluminum tow-rescue boat, type P-21:
39P-21-2
39 Category 39
P Personnel Boats
21 Represents Type P-21
2 Number Reserved for Maintenance Instructions
30.3.3 Equipment allowance list for a 24-foot USAF rescue boat, type R-4:
39R-4-5
39 Category 39
R Range Patrol Boats
4 Represents Type R-4
5 Number Reserved for Equipment Allowance List
39 WATERCRAFT EQUIPMENT
39C CARGO BOATS
39P PERSONNEL BOATS
39R RANGE PATROL BOATS
39TG TUGBOATS
39V VESSELS
30-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 31
CATEGORY 40 - COMMERCIAL AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING,
PLUMBING, REFRIGERATING, VENTILATING AND WATER TREATING
EQUIPMENT
31.1 GENERAL.
31.1.1 Category 40 contains six systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and most of the equipment series
are further divided into equipment subseries. Therefore TO numbers in this category use both three and four basic groups for
data identification. The numbering patterns for both forms are discussed in paragraph 31.2.
31.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system in this category is numbered in the category general series.
31.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
31.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series.
31.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the various systems, i.e., A - air-conditioners; H - heating equipment; P -
plumbing equipment; R - refrigeration equipment; V - ventilating equipment; and W - water treating equipment.
31.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying the equipment series within a system. The
numbering series for this category are outlined in paragraph 31.4.
31.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 40 use both three and four groups; therefore, the identifiers in
group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
31.2.2.1 If only three basic groups are used in a numbering pattern, group two contains one or more numeric characters
representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
31.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, the equipment subseries is identified with one or more numeric
characters in group two, and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
31.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group of the numbering pattern identifies the type of TO. The
following is a list of numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in this category:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
-7 Installation Instructions
31.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers listed above are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, supplements or other media. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in
Category 40:
CL - Checklists
S- Operational Supplements
31-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
31.2.3.3 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the third group has one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
31.2.4 GROUP FOUR. In those cases where the TO number contains four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific
types of TOs described in paragraph 31.2.3.1, above.
31.3.1 Operating instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for air-conditioner, type MA-5:
40A1-6-10-1
40 Category 40
A Air-Conditioning Equipment
1 Air-Conditioner Series
6 Trailer Mounted Subseries
10 Represents Type MA-5
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
40P1-2-2-2
40 Category 40
P Plumbing Equipment
1 Bath and Shower Unit Series
2 Eight Shower Head Subseries
2 Represents Model M1958
2 Number Reserved for Maintenance Manuals
31-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
40H2 FURNACES
40H3 HEATERS
40H3-2 (Not used)
40H3-3 (Not used)
40H3-4 Immersion
40H3-5 Space
40H3-6 (Not used)
40H3-7 Water
40P PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
40P1 BATH AND SHOWER UNITS
40P1-2 8-Shower Head
40P1-3 12-Shower Head
40P1-4 24-Shower Head
40P1-5 32-Shower Head
40P1-6 Multi Shower Head
40P2 PUMPS
40P2-2 Centrifugal
40P2-3 Diaphragm
40P2-4 Helical Rotor
40P2-5 Pneumatic
40P2-6 Reciprocating
40P2-7 Rotary
40P2-8 Turbine
40P2-9 Steam Driven
40R REFRIGERATING EQUIPMENT
40R1 COMPRESSORS
40R2 CONDENSING UNITS
40R3 COOLERS
40R3-2 Aircraft, Ground
40R3-3 Rivet
40R3-4 Unit
40R3-5 Water
40R3-6 Semi-Trailer Mounted
40R4 DISPLAY CASES
40R5 ICE CREAM PLANTS
40R6 ICE MAKERS
40R7 REFRIGERATORS
40R7-2 Film Processing
40R7-3 Household
40R7-4 Industrial
40R7-5 Reach-In
40R7-6 Walk-In
40R8 SODA FOUNTAIN EQUIPMENT
40V VENTILATING EQUIPMENT
40V1 BLOWERS
40V2 FANS
40V2-2 Pedestal
31-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
40V2-3 Centrifugal
40V2-4 Axial
40V2-5 Propeller
40V3 VENTILATORS
40W WATER TREATING EQUIPMENT
40W1 DEMINERALIZERS
40W2 DISTILLATION EQUIPMENT
40W3 HYPOCHLORINATION EQUIPMENT
40W4 PURIFICATION EQUIPMENT
40W5 SOFTENING EQUIPMENT
40W6 FILTERING EQUIPMENT
31-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 32
CATEGORY 41 - SUBSISTENCE AND FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
32.1 GENERAL.
32.1.1 Category 41 contains two subsistence and food service systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and
the equipment series are further divided into equipment subseries. TO numbers in category 41 use both three and four basic
groups for data identification. The numbering patterns for both forms are discussed in paragraph 32.2.
32.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system in this category is numbered in the category general series.
32.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
32.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series.
32.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the two systems in the category, i.e., A - subsistence; and B - food
service equipment.
32.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying the equipment series within a system. The series for
this category are outlined in paragraph 32.4.
32.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 41 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes the numbering pattern for both forms:
32.2.2.1 If only three basic groups are used in a numbering pattern, group two will contain one or more numeric characters
representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
32.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, the equipment subseries is identified with one or more numeric
characters in group two, and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
32.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three groups, the third group of the numbering pattern identifies the type of TO. The
following is a list of numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in this category:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
32.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers listed above are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 41:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
32.2.3.3 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the third group will have one or more numeric characters
representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
32-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
32.2.4 GROUP FOUR. Group Four. In those cases where the TO number contains four basic groups, the fourth group
identifies specific types of TOs described in paragraph 32.2.3.1, above.
32.3.1 Illustrated parts breakdown for a food warming oven, type II, applicable to KC-135:
41B1-7-5-4
41 Category 41
B Food Service Equipment
1 Baking Equipment Series
7 Oven Subseries
5 Represents Type II
4 Number Reserved for Illustrated Parts Breakdown
41B2-2-2-1
41 Category 41
B Food Service Equipment
2 Cleaning and Sanitation Equipment Series
2 Dishwashing Machine Subseries
2 Represents Model HWC-80
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
32-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
41B3-3 Cooker
41B3-4 Fryer
41B3-5 Griddle
41B3-6 Range
41B3-7 Stove
41B3-8 Toaster
41B3-9 Warmer
41B3-10 Urn
41B4 PREPARATION EQUIPMENT
41B4-2 Grinder
41B4-3 Meat Cutter
41B4-4 Mixer
41B4-5 Peeler
41B5 TESTING AND SCREENING EQUIPMENT
32-3/(32-4 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 33
CATEGORY 42 - COATING, CLEANING AND SEALING COMPOUNDS AND
FUELS, GASES, LUBRICANTS, CHEMICALS AND MATERIALS
33.1 GENERAL.
33.1.1 Category 42 contains seven systems divided into equipment or material series. The series, in some instances, are
further divided into material types. TO numbers in Category 42 use both three and four basic groups for data identification.
The numbering patterns for both forms are discussed in paragraph 33.2.
33.1.2 TO data pertinent to more than one system in this category is numbered in the category general series.
33.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
33.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and material series.
33.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the various systems, i.e., A - dopes, paints, and cleaning compounds; B -
fuels, lubricants, oxygen, and gases; C - chemicals; D - metals, plastics, and composition materials; E - rubber materials; F -
cordage, leather, and miscellaneous fabric; and L - lumber.
33.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying the material series within a system. The material
series numbers for this category are outlined in paragraph 33.4.
33.2.2 GROUP TWO. Since TO numbering patterns in Category 42 use both three and four basic groups, the identifiers in
group two are not constant. The following describes both numbering patterns:
33.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two will have a numeric character identifying all TOs as
being in a single, general Model-Type-Part Number series. This is due to the general or comprehensive nature of TO data in
this category.
33.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment or material series identified in part three of group one
has been further divided into subseries. In this case, group two identifies the specific material subseries with one or more
numeric characters.
33.2.3.1 If the TO number has only three groups, the third group of the numbering pattern is made up of numeric characters
identifying individual TOs. Specific numbers are not reserved to identify specific types of TOs as in other categories. In some
instances the numeric characters are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a series of checklists, workcards or
supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 42.
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
33.2.3.2 If the TO number has four basic groups, the third group contains a numeric character identifying all TOs as being
in a single general Model-Type-Part Number series. This is due to the general or comprehensive nature of TO data in this
category.
33.2.4 GROUP FOUR. Group Four When the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group is made up of numeric
characters identifying individual TOs. Specific numbers are not reserved to identify specific types of TOs as in other
33-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
categories. In some instances the numeric characters may be followed by one or more alpha characters described in paragraph
33.2.3.1.
42B2-1-3
42 Category 42
B Fuels, Lubricants, Oxygen and Gases
2 Oil Series
1 General Model-Type-Part Number Series
3 Third Manual in a Series
42E1-1-1
42 Category 42
E Rubber Materials
1 Aircraft Hose Series
1 General Model-Type-Part Number Series
1 First Manual in a Series
42B7-3-1-1
42 Category 42
B Fuels, Lubricants, Oxygen, and Gases
7 High Energy Liquid Propellants
3 Propellant Pressurization
1 General Model-Type-Part Number Series
1 First Manual in a Series
33-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42C CHEMICALS
42C1 ENGINE
42C2 METAL TREATMENT
42D METALS, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITION MATERIALS
42D1 ALUMINUM ALLOYS
42D2 COMPOSITION MATERIALS
42D3 MAGNESIUM ALLOYS
42D4 PLASTICS
42D5 STEEL
42E RUBBER MATERIALS
42E1 AIRCRAFT HOSE
42E2 RUBBER SEALS AND PACKING
42F CORDAGE, LEATHER, AND MISCELLANEOUS FABRIC
42L LUMBER
33-3/(33-4 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 34
CATEGORY 43 - SIMULATOR AND TRAINING DEVICES
34.1 GENERAL.
34.1.1 Category 43 contains three simulator and training systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and most
of the equipment series are further divided into equipment subseries. TO numbers in Category 43 use both three and four
basic groups in the numbering pattern for data identification. The numbering patterns for both forms are discussed in
paragraph 34.2.
34.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system in this category is numbered in the category general series.
34.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
34.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series.
34.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the simulator and training systems, i.e., D - training devices; E - training
equipment; and X-components. Associated equipment for these systems are identified by adding the alpha A immediately
following the system identifier, e.g., DA, EA.
34.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying the equipment series within a system. The
numbering series for this category is outlined in paragraph 34.4.
34.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 43 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes the numbering pattern for both forms:
34.2.2.1 If only three basic groups are used in the numbering pattern, group two contains one or more numeric characters
representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
34.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, the equipment subseries is identified with one or more numeric
characters in group two, and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
34.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three groups, the third group of the numbering pattern identifies the type of TO. The
following is a list of numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in this category.
34-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
34.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers listed above are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, supplements or other media. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in
Category 43:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
34.2.3.3 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the third group has one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
34.2.4 GROUP FOUR. Group Four. In those cases where the TO number has four basic groups, the fourth group identifies
specific types of TOs described in paragraph 34.2.3.1.
43D3-4-11-11
43 Category 43
D Training Devices
3 Flight Simulator Series
4 Fighter Aircraft Simulator Subseries
11 Represents Model F-111 Aircraft
11 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
34.3.2 Operating instructions for a resident trainer and mobile training set, C-5A aircraft:
43E24-2-7-1
43 Category 43
E Training Equipment
24 Mobile Trainer Series
2 Cargo Aircraft Simulator Subseries
7 Represents Model C-5 Aircraft
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
34.3.3 Overhaul instructions with illustrated parts breakdown for a turbine outlet temperature indicator, PN D06G0015-1:
43X5-23-2-3
43 Category 43
X Simulator Components
5 Indicator Series
23 Temperature Indicator Subseries
2 Represents PN D06G0015-1
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
34-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
NOTE
During about 1960, eight TO numbers, using five groups in the numbering pattern, were assigned in the 43D7-13
series. This was contrary to the standard practice and constitutes an exception. In the event that new TO numbers
are added to extend this series, the character “2” used as the fourth group in all above mentioned eight TO
numbers should be eliminated. This will change the series pattern to the standard four-group format.
34-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
43D3-4-4 F-89
43D3-4-5 F-100
43D3-4-6 F-101
43D3-4-7 F-102
43D3-4-8 F-106A
43D3-4-9 F-105D
43D3-4-10 F-4
43D3-4-11 F-111
43D3-4-12 F-15
43D3-4-13 F117A
43D3-5 Cockpit
43D3-5-2 F-84
43D3-5-3 RB-66
43D3-5-4 T-33
43D3-5-5 F-104
43D3-5-6 F-86
43D3-5-7 F-100
43D3-5-8 F-105
43D3-5-9 T-29C
43D3-5-10 F-102
43D3-5-11 A-7D
43D3-5-12 C-5
43D3-5-13 C-130
43D3-5-14 C-141
43D3-5-15 F-16
43D3-6 Missile
43D3-6-2 TM-61
43D3-6-3 SM-62
43D3-7 VISUAL
43D3-7-2 SMK-23/F37A-T
43D3-7-3 SMK-87/F37A-T
43D3-7-4 Virtual Image
43D3-7-5 SMK-92/F37A
43D3-7-6 117/WST
43D3-8 Attack Aircraft
43D3-8-2 A-7D
43D3-8-3 A-10A
43D3-9 Helicopter
43D3-9-2 CH-3E, HH-53C
43D3-10 Electronic Aircraft
43D3-10-2 E-3
43D3-11 Trainer
43D3-11-2 T-46A
43D4 GUNNERY TRAINING
43D4-2 Fixed
43D4-3 Flexible
43D5 INSTRUMENT FLYING
34-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
43D6 NAVIGATION
43D7 RADIO AND RADAR
43D7-2 AN/APG
43D7-3 AN/APN
43D7-4 AN/APQ; AN/GJW
43D7-5 AN/APS
43D7-6 AN/GJW (See 43D7-4 also)
43D7-7 AN/GPN
43D7-8 AN/GPQ
43D7-9 Control
43D7-10 Telemetry
43D7-11 Countermeasures
43D7-12 AN/ASQ and AN/GSQ
43D7-13 Associated Equipment
NOTE
During about 1960, eight TO numbers, using five groups in the numbering pattern, were assigned in the 43D7-13
series. This was contrary to the standard practice and constitutes an exception. In the event that new TO numbers
are added to extend this series, the character “2” used as the fourth group in all above mentioned eight To
numbers should be eliminated. This will change the series pattern to the standard four-group format.
34-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
34-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
34-7
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
34-8
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
43E20-2 Oxygen
43E20-3 Pressure
43E21 LIQUID
43E21-2 Oxygen
43E22 CHEMICALS
43E22-2 Biological and Radiological
43E23 RESIDENT TRAINERS
43E23-2 Cargo Aircraft
43E23-2-2 C-141A
43E23-2-3 C-5A
43E23-3 FIGHTER ACFT
43E23-3-2 F-5A
43E23-3-3 F-4
43E23-3-4 F-15
43E23-3-5 F117A
43E23-4 Helicopters
43E23-4-2 HH-43
43E23-4-3 HH-53B
43E23-4-4 TF-1F
43E23-4-5 UN-1N
43E23-5 Bomber Aircraft
43E23-5-2 B-52
43E24 MOBILE TRAINERS
43E24-2 Cargo Aircraft
43E24-2-2 C-141
43E24-2-3 C-135
43E24-2-4 C-133
43E24-2-5 EC-121
43E24-2-6 C-123
43E24-2-7 C-5A
43E24-2-8 C-10
43E24-2-9 C-130
43E24-2-10 C-17
43E24-3 Fighter Aircraft
43E24-3-2 F-5
43E24-3-3 F-105
43E24-3-4 F-111
43E24-3-5 F-4
43E24-3-6 F-106
43E24-3-7 F-100
43E24-3-8 F-101/RF-101
43E24-3-9 F-15
43E24-3-10 F-16
43E24-4 Helicopter Aircraft
43E24-4-2 UH-1
43E24-4-3 HH-53C
43E24-5 Bomber Aircraft
34-9
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
43E24-5-2 B-52
43E24-5-4 B-1B
43E24-5-5 B-2A
43E24-6 Attack Aircraft
43E24-6-2 A-7
43E24-6-3 A-37
43E24-6-4 A-10
43E24-7 Observation Aircraft
43E24-7-2 OV-10A
43E24-8 Trainer Aircraft
43E24-8-2 T-38
43E24-8-3 T-46
43E24-8-11 T-38A
43E24-9 Electronic Aircraft
43E24-9-2 E-3
43E25 PROJECTORS
43E26 DIGITAL COMPUTERS (Use 31S5)
43E27 WIND TUNNELS
43E28 EXPLOSIVE DISPOSAL
43E29 BOMBING SYSTEMS TRAINER
43E30 GUNSHIP SYSTEMS TRAINERS
43E30-2 C-130
43EA ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT (Use 43X)
43X COMPONENTS
43X1 AUTOSYNS
43X2 CABLES
43X3 DISPLAYS
43X3-2 Radar Data
43X3-3 Graphic
43X3-4 Control
43X3-5 System
43X4 FLARES
43X5 INDICATORS
43X5-2 Altimeter
43X5-3 Artificial Horizon
43X5-4 Cross Pointer
43X5-5 Directional Gyroscope
43X5-6 Landing
43X5-7 Standard Beam Approach
43X5-8 Turn and Bank
43X5-9 Single Autosyn
43X5-10 Photo Firing
43X5-11 Accelerometer
43X5-12 Attitude
43X5-13 Doppler
43X5-14 Compass
43X5-15 Altitude
34-10
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
43X5-16 Oxygen
43X5-17 Tachometer
43X5-18 Airspeed
43X5-19 Flap
43X5-20 Landing Gear
43X5-21 Fuel
43X5-22 Velocity
43X5-23 Temperature
43X5-24 Oil Pressure
43X5-25 Digital Angle
43X5-26 Radar Navigator
43X5-27 Groundspeed
43X5-28 Rudder Trim
43X5-29 Hydraulic Pressure
43X5-30 Torque
43X5-31 Hover
43X5-32 Engine
43X5-33 Horizontal Situation
43X5-34 Course
43X6 MAPS
43X6-2 Supersonic Radar
43X7 METERS AND MEASURING EQUIPMENT
43X8 COUNTERS AND TIMERS
43X9 PROTECTIVE BAGS
43X10 ADAPTERS
43X10-2 Universal Delivery
43X10-3 Monitor
43X10-4 Electrical
43X10-5 Installation
43X11 THERMOSTATS
43X12 REELS
43X12-2 Tow Target
43X13 LOAD SENSOR
43X14 VALVES
43X15 AMPLIFIERS
43X16 RECORDERS (See 43E8 also)
43X17 PUMPS
43X17-2 Vacuum
43X17-3 Hydraulic
43X18 SETTING DEVICES
43X19 DISCONNECT UNITS
43X20 TRAINER ATTACHMENTS
43X21 MECHANISMS AND DRIVES, DISK DRIVES
43X22 STANDS
43X23 COMPRESSORS
43X24 CYLINDERS
43X25 ACTUATORS
34-11
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
43X26 ACCUMULATORS
43X27 TANK ASSEMBLIES
43X28 POWER UNITS
43X29 NAVIGATION
43X30 SERVOS
43X31 PANELS
43X32 GEAR BOXES
43X33 SERVOMOTORS
43X34 LIGHT ASSEMBLIES
43X35 COMPUTERS
43X36 CONVERTERS
43X37 ALTIMETERS
43X38 UNITS
43X39 PLOTTERS
43X40 GENERATORS
43X40-2 Target
43X40-3 Sweep
43X40-4 Pulse
43X40-5 Function
43X40-6 Vector
43X41 POWER SUPPLIES
43X42 KITS
43X43 CONTROLS
43X44 DATA TERMINALS
43X45 TAPE TRANSPORTS
43X46 MONITORS
43X47 PRINTERS
43X48 READOUT UNITS
43X49 ANALYZERS
43X50 MODULES
43X51 TRANSLATORS
43X52 CARD ASSEMBLIES
43X53 VOLTAGE, CURRENT, AND RESISTANCE UNITS
43X54 TAPES AND DRUM ASSEMBLIES AND COMPONENTS
43X55 GAUGES
43X56 SYSTEMS
43X57 HUMIDIFIERS
43X58 PROJECTORS
43X59 PALLET ASSEMBLIES
34-12
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 35
CATEGORY 44 - COMMON HARDWARE EQUIPMENT
35.1 GENERAL.
35.1.1 Category 44 contains two common hardware equipment systems. These systems are divided into equipment series
and the equipment series are further divided into equipment subseries. TO numbers in Category 44 use both three and four
basic groups for data identification. The numbering patterns for both forms are discussed in paragraph 35.2.
35.1.2 TO data pertaining to more than one system in this category is numbered in the category general series.
35.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
35.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series.
35.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the various hardware systems, i.e., B - bearings; and H - hardware.
35.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters that identify the equipment series within a system. The
numbering series for this category is outlined in paragraph 35.4.
35.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 44 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes the numbering pattern for both forms:
35.2.2.1 If the TO number uses only three basic groups, group two contains one or more numeric characters representing
the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
35.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, the equipment subseries is identified with one or more numeric
characters in group two, and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
35.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group of the numbering pattern identifies the type of TO. The
following is a list of numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in this category:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
-7 Installation Instructions
35.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers listed above are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 44:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
35.2.3.3 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the third group will have one or more numeric characters
representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
35-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
35.2.4 GROUP FOUR. Group Four. In those cases where the TO number contains four basic groups, the fourth group
identifies specific types of TOs defined in paragraph 35.2.3.1.
44B-1-102
44 Category 44
B Bearings
1 System General Series
102 Number Reserved for General Series Maintenance Instructions
44H1-2-3-3
44 Category 44
H Hardware
1 Aircraft Common Hardware Series
2 Coupling Subseries
3 Represents PN 3127-10
3 Number Reserved for Overhaul Instructions
35-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 36
CATEGORY 45 - RAILROAD EQUIPMENT
36.1 GENERAL.
36.1.1 Category 45 contains two railroad equipment systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and the
equipment series are further divided into equipment subseries. TO numbers in this category use both three and four basic
groups for data identification. The numbering pattern for both forms are discussed in paragraph 36.2.
36.1.2 TO data pertinent to more than one system in this category is numbered in the category general series.
36.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
36.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series.
36.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the railroad equipment systems, i.e., A - rolling stock; and E - right-of-
way maintenance equipment. Associated equipment for these systems is identified by adding the alpha A immediately
following the system identifier, i.e., AA or EA.
36.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying the equipment series within a system. The
numbering series for this category is outlined in paragraph 36.4.
36.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 45 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes the numbering pattern for both forms:
36.2.2.1 If only three basic groups are used in a numbering pattern, group two contains one or more numeric characters
representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
36.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, the equipment subseries will be identified with one or more numeric
characters in group two, and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
36.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group of the numbering pattern identifies the type of TO. The
following is a list of numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in this category:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
36.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers listed above are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards, supplements or other media. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in
Category 45:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
36-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
36.2.3.3 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the third group will have one or more numeric characters
representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
36.2.4 GROUP FOUR. In those cases where the TO number contains four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific
types of TOs defined in paragraph 36.2.3.1.
45A2-2-13-1
45 Category 45
A Rolling Stock
2 Locomotive Series
2 Diesel Electric Subseries
13 Represents Model 539-S
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
36.3.2 Illustrated parts breakdown for a railway diesel crane, model 825D:
45E4-2-5-4
45 Category 45
E Right-of-Way Maintenance Equipment
4 Crane Series
2 Diesel Crane Subseries
5 Represents Model 825D
4 Number Reserved for Illustrated Parts Breakdown
45 RAILROAD EQUIPMENT
45A ROLLING STOCK
45A1 CARS
45A1-2 Box
45A1-3 Flat
45A1-4 Hospital Unit
45A1-5 Maintenance
45A1-6 Tank
45A2 LOCOMOTIVES
45A2-2 Diesel, Electric
45A2-3 Gasoline
45AA ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
45AA2 BRAKE EQUIPMENT
45E RIGHT-OF-WAY MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT
45E1 BRAKES
45E2 BRIDGES
45E3 COMPRESSORS
45E4 CRANES
45E4-2 Diesel
45E4-3 Gasoline
45E4-4 Steam
36-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
45E5 DERRICKS
45E6 HAMMERS
45E7 SIGNAL DEVICES
45E8 TRACKS
45E9 TRACK SHIFTERS
45E10 JACKS
45E11 WINCHES
45E12 HEATERS
45E13 TAMPERS
36-3/(36-4 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 37
CATEGORY 46 - OFFICE, DUPLICATING, PRINTING AND BINDING
EQUIPMENT
37.1 GENERAL.
37.1.1 Category 46 contains three systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and the equipment series are
further divided into equipment subseries. TO numbers in this category use both three and four basic groups for data
identification. The numbering pattern for both forms are discussed in paragraph 37.2.
37.1.2 TO data pertinent to more than one system in this category is numbered in the category general series.
37.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
37.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series.
37.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the various systems, i.e., A - office equipment; D - duplicating
equipment; and P - printing and binding equipment.
37.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying equipment series within a system. The numbering
series for this category is outlined in paragraph 37.4.
37.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 46 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes the numbering patterns for both forms:
37.2.2.1 If only three basic groups are used in a numbering pattern, group two contains one or more numeric characters
representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
37.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, the equipment subseries is identified with one or more numeric
characters in group two, and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
37.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group of the numbering pattern identifies the type of TO. The
following is a list of numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in this category:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
37.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers listed above are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 46:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
37-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
37.2.3.3 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the third group will have one or more numeric characters
representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
37.2.4 GROUP FOUR. In those cases where the TO number contains four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific
types of TOs defined in paragraph 37.2.3.1.
46A1-4-5-2
46 Category 46
A Office Equipment
1 Machine Series
4 Calculator Subseries
5 Represents Model 9820A
2 Number Reserved for Maintenance Manuals
46D1-9-2-1
46 Category 46
D Duplicating Equipment
1 Machine Series
9 Stencil Subseries
2 Represents Model 92
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
37-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
37-3/(37-4 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 38
CATEGORY 47 - AGRICULTURE EQUIPMENT
38.1 GENERAL.
38.1.1 Category 47 contains four agriculture systems which are divided into equipment series. This category does not have
a division of its equipment series into equipment subseries. Therefore the TO numbering pattern for this category will only
contain three basic groups.
38.1.2 TO data pertinent to more than one system in this category is numbered in the category general series.
38.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
38.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series.
38.2.1.1 Part one is always the numeric 47 identifying the Category 47.
38.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the agriculture systems, i.e., A - cultivation and soil preparation
equipment; B - harvesting equipment; C - mowing equipment; D - weed and pest control. Associated equipment is identified
by adding an alpha A immediately following the system identifier, e.g., AA.
38.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying equipment series within a system. The numbering
series for this category is outlined in paragraph 38.4.
38.2.2 GROUP TWO. Inasmuch as the numbering pattern for this category has only three basic groups, group two contains
one or more numeric characters representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
38.2.3.1 The third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of numbers reserved to identify specific types of
TOs in Category 47:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Broakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
38.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers listed above are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 47:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
47D1-5-1
47 Category 47
D Weed and Pest Control Equipment
1 Sprayer Series
38-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
5 Represents PN 44-10000-1
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
47 AGRICULTURE EQUIPMENT
47A CULTIVATION AND SOIL PREPARATION
47A1 CULTIVATORS
47A2 HARROWS
47A3 PLOWS
47A4 SOIL MIXERS
47B HARVESTING EQUIPMENT
47C MOWING EQUIPMENT
47C1 LAWN MOWERS
47C2 TURF MOWERS
47C3 LAWN EDGERS
47D WEED AND PEST CONTROL EQUIPMENT
47D1 SPRAYERS
47D2 WEED BURNERS
38-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 39
CATEGORY 49 - OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS, TIMEKEEPING AND
NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT
39.1 GENERAL.
39.1.1 Category 49 contains three systems that are divided into three equipment series. This category does not have a
division of its equipment series into equipment subseries. Therefore the TO numbering pattern for this category will only
contain three basic groups.
39.1.2 TO data pertinent to more than one system in this category is numbered in the category general series.
39.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
39.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series.
39.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the various systems, i.e., A - optical instruments; B - timekeeping
equipment; and C - navigation equipment. Associated equipment for these systems are identified by adding the alpha A
immediately following the system identifier, e.g., AA.
39.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying equipment series within a system. The numbering
series for this category is outlined in paragraph 39.4.
39.2.2 GROUP TWO. Since the numbering pattern for this category uses only three basic groups, group two contains one or
more numeric characters representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
39.2.3.1 The third group identifies the type of TO. The following is a list of numbers reserved to identify specific types of
TOs in Category 49:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-5 Test Procedures
-6 Inspection Requirements
39.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers listed above are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 49:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
39-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
49B2-3-1
49 Category 49
B Timekeeping Equipment
2 Watch Series
3 Represents Type AN5740
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
49C1-4-5
49 Category 49
C Navigation Equipment
1 Compass Series
4 Represents Type N5334
5 Number Reserved for Test Procedures
39-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 40
CATEGORY 50 - SPECIAL SERVICES EQUIPMENT
40.1 GENERAL.
40.1.1 Category 50 contains four systems. These systems are divided into equipment series and the equipment series are
further divided into equipment subseries. TO numbers in this category use both three and four basic groups for data
identification. The numbering pattern for both forms are discussed in paragraph 40.2.
40.1.2 TO data pertinent to more than one system in this category is numbered in the category general series.
40.1.3 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the system general series.
40.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series.
40.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the special services equipment systems, i.e., A - musical instruments; B -
athletic equipment; C - sanctuary equipment; and D - laundry equipment.
40.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying the equipment series within a system. The
numbering series for this category is outlined in paragraph 40.4.
40.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 50 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes the numbering pattern for both forms:
40.2.2.1 If only three groups are used in a numbering pattern, group two contains one or more numeric characters
representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
40.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, the equipment series is identified with one or more numeric characters
in group two, and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
40.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group of the numbering pattern identifies the type of TO. The
following is a list of numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in this category:
-1 Operating Instructions
-2 Service or Maintenance Manuals
-3 Depot Maintenance or Overhaul Instructions
-4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
-6 Inspection Requirements
40.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers listed above are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 50:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
40.2.3.3 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the third group has one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
40-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
40.2.4 GROUP FOUR. In those cases where the TO number contains four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific
types of TOs defined in paragraph 40.2.3.1, above.
50A1-3-3-1
50 Category 50
A Musical Instruments
1 Organ Series
3 Electronic Organ Subseries
3 Represents Model C-2G
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
50D1-2-14
50 Category 50
D Laundry Equipment
1 Laundry Unit Series
2 Represents Model ELT9T
14 Number Reserved for Illustrated Parts Breakdown
40-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 41
CATEGORY 51 - AUTOMATIC TEST SYSTEMS
41.1 GENERAL.
41.1.1 Normally test procedures, test control or programmed test TOs are numbered with related equipment in the various
airborne and ground component categories. However, TOs pertaining to depot level, automatic test equipment software and
software instruction manuals are numbered in Category 51. Three types of automatic test equipment numbered in this
category can be defined as Computer Operated Multifunction Electronic Test Stations (COMETS); General Purpose
Automatic Test Systems (GPATS); and Versatile Automatic Test Equipment Systems (VATES). GPATS and VATES TOs
relate test modules to Line Replaceable Units (LRUs) and Shop Replaceable Units (SRUs) of an airborne or ground system.
COMETS TOs identify LRUs and SRUs with a test system. Another basic difference between these automatic systems is
GPATS and VATES test software do not require computer memory banks for test operations and can only test singular Units
Under Test (UUTs). COMETS test software operates with computer memory banks and has the capability to test components
of several systems on one test station.
41.1.2 Automatic Test Equipment in Category 51 contains seven systems. These systems are divided into equipment series
and some of the equipment series are further divided into equipment subseries. TO numbers in this category use both three
and four basic groups for data identification. The numbering pattern for both forms are discussed in paragraph 41.2.
41.1.3 TO data pertinent to more than one system in this category is numbered in the category general series.
41.1.4 Information relating to more than one equipment series within a system is numbered in the category general series.
41.2.1 GROUP ONE. This group has three parts identifying the category, system and equipment series.
41.2.1.2 Part two is an alpha character identifying the various systems, i.e., C - computer operated multifunction electronic
test stations; E - aircraft engines; N - navigation instruments; P - radar equipment; T - master hardware; and V - versatile
automatic test equipment.
41.2.1.3 Part three contains one or more numeric characters identifying the equipment series within a system. The
numbering series for this category is outlined in paragraph 41.4.
41.2.2 GROUP TWO. TO numbering patterns in Category 51 use both three and four basic groups; therefore, the identifiers
in group two are not constant. The following describes the numbering pattern for both forms:
41.2.2.1 If only three basic groups are used in a numbering pattern, group two contains one or more numeric characters
representing the model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
41.2.2.2 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the equipment series identified in part three of group one has been
further divided into equipment subseries. In this case, the equipment subseries is identified with one or more numeric
characters in group two, and the model, type or PN is identified in group three.
41.2.3.1 If a TO number has only three basic groups, the third group of the numbering pattern identifies the type of TO. The
following is a list of numbers reserved to identify specific types of TOs in this category:
41-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
41.2.3.2 In some instances the reserved numbers listed above are followed by one or more alpha characters indicating a
series of checklists, workcards or supplements. The following alpha characters are authorized for use in Category 51:
CL - Checklists
S - Operational Supplements
SS - Safety Supplements
WC - Workcards
41.2.3.3 If the TO number contains four basic groups, the third group has one or more numeric characters representing the
model, type or PN assigned to specific equipment.
41.2.4 GROUP FOUR. In those cases where the TO number contains four basic groups, the fourth group identifies specific
types of TOs defined in paragraph 41.2.3.1.
41.3.1 Operating and maintenance instructions with parts list for a microwave shop repair unit test adapter, PN 12A11786-
1:
51C1-7-1
51 Category 51
C Computer Operated Test Station
1 Microwave SRU Test Station Series
7 Represents PN 12A11786-1
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
51E1-3-18-1
51 Category 51
E Aircraft Engine
1 Jet Engine Series
3 Represents TF-39 Model Engine
18 Number Reserved for Checkout Manuals
1 First Manual in a Series
51T21-2-1
51 Category 51
T Master Hardware
21 Transformer Series
2 Represents PN 588618-401
1 Number Reserved for Operating Instructions
51P2-2-7-8-1
51 Category 51
P Radar Equipment
41-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
41-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
41-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
41-5/(41-6 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
CHAPTER 42
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF EQUIPMENT NAMES TO TECHNICAL ORDER
NUMBER GROUPS
42-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-3
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-4
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-5
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
Vehicle, Construction, and Material- 36Y8 Liquid-Level, Quantity, and Flow Mea- 5L4
Handling Component suring Instrument
BUFFETS Special Tool 32A18
In-Flight Feeding 13B4 CAMERAS
BUILDINGS Airborne, Aircraft 10A1
Compressor 35E14 Bombing System 11B71
Prefabricated, Utility-Operating 35E3 Component 10A2
BULK MATERIALS Ground 10B1
Aerial Delivery 13C7-39 Microfilm 10F1
BULLDOZERS Motion Picture 10C1
Vehicle, Construction, and Material- 36Y9 Motion Picture, Hand-Held 10C13
Handling Component Photographic Instrumentation 10L1
BUNGEE ASSEMBLIES Television, Fire-Control System 11F73
Air Refueling System 6A16 CAMOUFLAGE EQUIPMENT
BUSES Weapon 11WA2
Vehicle 36A3 CANOPY ASSEMBLIES
CABINETS Structural Component, Airframe 16W2
Electric Power Supply 35CA2 CAP ASSEMBLIES
Fire Control System 11F58 Fuel and Water 6J18
Lighting and Electrical, Ground, Han- 35F1 Jet Engine 2JA7
dling
CAPACITORS
Shop Support 34Y33
Liquid-Level, Quantity, and Flow Mea- 5L23
CABLE LAYING EQUIPMENT suring Instrument
Construction 36C13 Relays, Airborne-Electrical System 8R11
CABLE UNITS CAPSULE ASSEMBLIES
Checkout, Missile 31X2-36 Structural Component, Airframe 16W4
CABLES CARBINES
Alternating-Current 8A23 Ground Weapon 11W3-2
Battery, Vehicle, Construction, and 36Y4 CARBURETORS
Material-Handling
Aircraft Reciprocating Engine Fuel 6R1
Electric Power Supply 35CA3 System
Electrical, Power-Distribution, Missile 31X4-8 Component, Vehicle, Construction 36Y61
Guidance and Control System 11G39 Engine Component, Non-aeronautical 38X2
Ignition, Turbojet and Turboprop 8E1-6 CARD ASSEMBLIES
Launcher 11LA10 Training Component 43X52
CABLEWAYS CARDS
Loading and Servicing 35D1 Training Device 43DA9
Loading and Servicing, Associated 35DA1 CARGO LOADING, TIEDOWN, AND AERIAL DE-
CALCULATING MACHINES LIVERY EQUIPMENT
Office DOP42 Aircraft 13C
CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT CARRIAGE AND SHACKLE ASSEMBLIES
Optical 49A11 Structural Component, Airframe 16W8
CALIBRATION PROCEDURES CARRIERS
Test 33K Construction 36C32
CALIBRATORS Ordnance 36R4
Airborne Camera 10A16 Training 43E1
Automatic Flight Control 5A5 Weapon, Aerial-Delivery 13C7-16
Bombing System 11B53 CARS
42-6
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-7
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-8
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-9
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
Liquid-Level, Quantity, and Flow Mea- 5L14-6 Pneumatic System, Aircraft or Missile 9P11
suring Instrument Position and Pressure Instrument 5P7
Missile Support 35M10 Propeller, Hydraulic 3HA2
Power Distribution, Missile 31X4-5 Propeller, Mechanical 3MA1
Shop Support 34Y42 Radio and Radar Training Device 43D7-9
Special Tool 32A29 Rotor Assembly 3R2
CONTROL VALVES Surface, Guidance-System 11G7-2
Hydraulic Brake 4BA4 Temperature, Air-Conditioning 15A5-2
Supercharger Control 2RA5-11 Temperature, Photographic Kit 10G12
CONTROLLERS Throttle, Jet-Engine 2JA8
Alternating- and Direct-Current 8C3 Training Component 43X43
Alternating-Current 8A3 Universal Camera System 10A6
Automatic Flight Control System 5A9 CONVERTERS
Automatic Test 51T4 Alternating- and Direct-Current 8C11-8
Direct-Current 8D3 Automatic Flight Control System 5A41
Fire Control System 11F14 Automatic Test 51T5
Flight Instrument 5F28 Bombing System 11B13
System 8D3-34 Engine or Temperature Instrument 5E17
CONTROLS Fire Control System 11F15
Air-Conditioning and Pressurizing 15A8 Flight Instrument 5F14
Air Field Lighting and Electrical 35F Ground Guidance, Missile 31X7-14
Airborne Weapon 11W1-27 Guidance and Control System 11G20
Automatic Flight 5A8 Liquid Oxygen, Oxygen System 15X2
Bombing System 11B12 Navigation Instrument 5N30
Brake System 4BA8 Polar, Bombing System 11B13-3
Camera 10A5 Power Supply, Electrical, Ground, Han- 35C1-4
Electric Power Supply 35CA7 dling
Emergency Hydraulic Power, Airborne- 16C1-23 Training Component 43X36
Mechanical Utility Operating 35E29
Fire Control System 11F13 CONVEYORS
Flight Control, Servo Mechanism 5A15-9 Construction 36C2
Flight Instruments 5F6 Loading and Servicing 35D2
Fuel, Aircraft and Missile 6J3 Loading and Servicing, Associated 35DA2
Guidance System 11G7 COOKING EQUIPMENT
Heating 15H6 Food Service 41B3
Ice Eliminating 15E3 COOLERS
Jet Engine Regulator 7J5 Aircraft and Missile Engine Fuel Sys- 6J17
Landing Gear 16C1-12 tem
Launch Control and Countdown, Mis- 31X3-10 Oil 35CA16
sile Refrigeration 40R3
Launcher 11L3 Utility Operating, Ground 35E10
Liquid-Level, Quantity, and Flow Mea- 5L16 Water, In-Flight Feeding 13B7
suring Instruments
COOLERS AND RADIATORS
Loading and Servicing 35DA4
Aircraft and Missile Engine Fuel Sys- 6J22
Missile Temperature 15M5 tem
Navigation Instrument 5N6 Hydraulic System, Aircraft and Missile 9H14
Nozzle, Guidance-System 11G7-6 Jet Engine Lubricating System 7J1
Photographic Processing 10E19 Reciprocating Engine 7R1
42-10
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-11
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-12
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-13
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-14
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-15
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-16
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-17
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-18
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-19
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-20
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-21
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-22
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-23
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-24
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-25
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-26
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-27
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-28
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-29
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-30
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-31
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-32
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-33
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-34
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-35
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-36
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-37
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-38
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-39
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-40
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-41
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-42
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-43
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-44
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-45
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
42-46
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
APPENDIX A
GLOSSARY OF REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION
A.1 LIST OF REFERENCED AND RELATED PUBLICATIONS.
Number Title
DOD 4120.15-L Model Designation of Military Aerospace Vehicles
DOD 5105.38-M Security Assistance Management Manual (SAMM), Appdx 4
AFJI 16-401 Designating and Naming Defense Military Aerospace Vehicles
AFPD 21-3 Technical Orders
AFI 21-303 Technical Orders
AFJI 21-301 Interservicing of Technical Manuals and Related Technology
AFMAN 23-110V9 Security Assistance Program Procedures
AFMCI 21-301 Air Force Materiel Command Technical Order System Implementing Policies
AFMCMD 406 Oklahoma City Air Logistics Center (OC-ALC)
JCALS DI Desktop Instructions (https://afkm.wpafb.af.mil/ASPs/CoP/EntryCoP.asp?Filter=OO-
SC-MS-04, under “Bookshelf”)
DA PAM 25-30 Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms
TO 00-5-1 AF Technical Order System
TO 00-5-3 AF Technical Order Life Cycle Management
TO 00-5-15 Air Force Time Compliance Technical Order Process
MIL-STD-196 Joint Electronics Type Designation System
MIL-STD-1808 Interface Standard; System, Subsystem, Sub-Subsystem Numbering
MIL-PRF-83495 Technical Manuals - On-Equipment Maintenance Manual Set
MIL-DTL-87929 Technical Manuals, Operation and Maintenance Instructions in Work Package Format
(For USAF Equipment)
ASD/AIA S1000D International Specification for Technical Publication Utilizing a Common Source
Database
D086 Mission Workload Assignments System
Air Force TO Catalog (https://www.toindex-s.wpafb.af.mil/)
Number* Title
AFTO 22 Technical Manual (TM) Change Recommendation and Reply
AFTO 203 TO Numbering, Indexing and Control Record
AFTO 204 TO Numbering, Indexing and Control Record (Continuation)
DD 61 Request for Nomenclature
A-1
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
A-2
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
TO 00-5-18
A-3/(A-4 blank)
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com